Home

CS+ Integrated Development Environment User`s Manual: CC

1. R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 160 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Suppresses the num Specifies suppresses the number of information level messages ber of information level If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example messages 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option of the linker This property is displayed only when No NOMessage in the Enables information level message output property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters 3 List The detailed information on the list are displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs the linkage list Selects whether to output the linkage list file file This corresponds to the list and show option of the linker Default Yes List contents specify LISt How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes List contents not Outputs the default information associated specify LISt SHow with a output file type to a linkage list file Yes List con Outputs all information associated with a tents ALL LISt output file type to a linkage list file SHow ALL Yes List con Outputs the specified information t
2. How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to 4294967295 decimal number 4 List The detailed information on list file is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is displayed only when Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category Outputs a source list Selects whether to output a source list file file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the compiler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes lisfile Outputs a source list file No nolistfile Disable output of a source list file Outputs the C C Specifies the contents of the source list file source file Selects whether to output the C C source file This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show source Outputs the C C source file No Does not output the C C source file Outputs the state Specifies the contents of the source list file ments unsatisfied in Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisf
3. Restriction Yes show con ditionals Outputs the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa tion before DEFINE replacement Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show defi nitions Outputs the information before replacement specified with DEFINE No Does not output the information before replace ment specified with DEFINE Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expan sions Outputs the macro expansion statements No Does not output the macro expansion state ments 7 Frequently Used Options for Link The detail
4. Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level messages to information level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level messages to warning level mes sages Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message w arning Changes all information level messages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message w arning lt ErrorNum ber gt Changes the information level messages with the specified error numbers to warning level messages No ztENESAS Does not change the information level mes sages to warning level messages Page 138 of 266 CS Error number of infor mation level message A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies error number of information level message If
5. Fills in padding data at the end of a section Selects whether to fill in padding data at the end of a section This corresponds to the padding option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes PADDING Fills in padding data at the end of a section No Does not fill in padding data at the end of a section Address setting for specified vector num ber Specifies the address setting for specified vector number Specifies in the format of vector number symbol or vector number address with one vector number per line Specifies a decimal value from 0 to 255 for vector number Specifies the external name of the target function for symbol Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the vectn option of the linker Default Address setting for specified vector number number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Address setting for unused vector area R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the address setting for unused vector area Specifies in the format of symbol or address Specifies the external name of the target function for symbol Specifie
6. How to change Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Use whole include paths specified for build tool Selects whether to assemble using the include path specified in the Additional include paths property in the Source category from the Assemble Options tab of the build tool to be used The include paths are added by the following procedure Paths specified in the Additional include paths property from this tab Paths specified in the Additional include paths in the Source category from the Assemble Options tab This corresponds to the include option of the assembler Default Yes How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Assembles using the include path specified in the prop erty of the build tool to be used No Does not use the include path specified in the property of the build tool to be used Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specifies in the format of macro namesstring with one macro name per line This corresponds to the define option of the assembler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Edit b
7. 4 Output File Type and Path The detailed information on output file types and paths is displayed and the configuration can be changed Output file type Selects the type of the file to be generated during a build The file type set here will be the debug target For other than the library project only Execute Module Load Module File and Exe cute Module Hex File are displayed For the library project only Library is displayed Default For other than the library project Execute Module Load Module File For the library project Library How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Execute Module Load Generates a load module file and hex file Module File during a build The load module file will be the debug tar get Execute Module Hex Generates a load module file and hex file File during a build The hex file will be the debug target Library Generates a library file during a build Intermediate file output Specifies the folder which the intermediate file is output folder If a relative path is specified the reference point of the path is the main project or sub project folder If an absolute path is specified the reference point of the path is the main project or subproject folder unless the drives are different The following placeholder is supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomTo
8. Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes listfile Outputs an assemble list file No nolistfile Does not output an assemble list file ztENESAS Page 245 of 266 CS 4 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Outputs the state ments unsatisfied in conditional assembly A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show condi tionals Outputs the statements unsatisfied in condi tional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa tion before DEFINE replacement Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Re
9. Restriction ztENESAS Changes not allowed Only the specified order of the include paths can be changed Page 68 of 266 CS Macro definition A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the macro name to be defined Specifies in the format of macro namesstring with one macro name per line This corresponds to the define option of the assembler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Macro definition number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Outputs debugging information Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the assembler This property is not displayed when No in the Build simultaneously property is selected Default No nodebug How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug Outputs debugging information to object module files No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Output additional infor mation for inter mod ule optimization Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to fil
10. A WINDOW REFERENCE d Button When selecting an address in this area Opens the Section Address dialog box Adds the address specified in the dialog box to this area so that the addresses are listed in the ascending order the section column remains empty When selecting a section in this area Opens the Add Section dialog box Adds the section specified in the dialog box to this area When there is no empty column in the section group an address and the sec tions allocated to the address where the specified section is to be included a new section row is added to the bottom of the section group When there is an empty column the section is added there When selecting an address in this area Opens the Section Address dialog box Moves the section group according to the address specified in the dialog box so that the addresses are listed in the ascending order in this area When selecting a section in this area Opens the Modify Section dialog box Replaces the section name selected in this area with the one specified in the dia log box Note that this button is disabled when the selected sell is blank New Overlay Opens the Add Overlay dialog box Adds the Overlayn column in this area and sets the section specified in the dialog box in the column that corresponds to the selected section group When selecting an address in this area Opens the Unassigned Section dialog box Deletes the section sel
11. Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes scope Divides the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation No noscope Does not divide the optimizing ranges before compilation Schedules the instruc tion taking into consid eration pipeline processing Selects whether to schedule the instruction taking into consideration pipeline process ing This corresponds to the schedule and noschedule option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes schedule Schedules instructions taking into consid eration pipeline processing No noschedule Does not schedule instructions Optimizes accesses to external variables R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize accesses to external variables This corresponds to the nomap smap and map option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Optimizes the inner module smap Optimizes accesses to ext
12. Default SJIS code outcodessjis How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code out code euc Outputs characters in strings and character constants using EUC SJIS code out codessjis Outputs characters in strings and character constants using SJIS UTF 8 code out code utf8 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using UTF 8 Traditional Chinese character out code big5 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Traditional Chinese charac ter Simplified Chinese character out code gb231 2 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Simplified Chinese charac ter The detailed information on the quality improvement is displayed and the configuration can be changed Detect stack overflow R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to detect the stack overflow This property is usable only in the Professional Edition Detection of stack overflow is a feature for writing a value outside the valid stack area before entering a function and checking whether that value is rewritten before exiting the function Upon detection the user defined __ stack_chk_fail function is called See CC RX Compiler User s Manual about the difference between Yes Xstack_protector and Yes All Xstack_protector_all This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all op
13. For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 256 characters Up to 256 items can be specified 13 Others Other detailed information on the build tool are displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 77 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output message for Specifies the format of the message being built mat This applies to the messages output by the build tool to be used and commands added by plugins It does not apply to the output messages of commands specified in the Commands executed before build processing or Commands executed after build processing property The following placeholders are supported Program Replaces with the program name under execution Options Replaces with the command line option under build execution TargetFiles Replaces with the file name being built If this is blank it is assumed that Program Options will be set automatically Default TargetFiles How to Directly enter to the text box up to 256 characters or select from the change drop down list Restriction TargetFiles Displays the file name in the output mes sage TargetFiles Displays the file name and command line Options options in the output message Program Options Displays the program name and com mand line options in the output message Format of buil
14. No Does not allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 227 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Allocates switch state ment branch tables to 4 byte boundary align A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler ment sections Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff W Allocates switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions Adjustment for instruc tion in branch Selects adjustment for instruction in branch This correspon ds to the noinstalign instalign4 and instalign8 option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction None noinstalign Does not align instructions at branch destina tions Execution in 4 bytes instalign4 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Execution in 4 bytes Contains each loop head instalign4 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 4 bytes Contains each inmost loop h
15. SJIS code sjis Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using SJIS ISO Latin1 code latin1 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using ISO Latin1 UTF 8 code utf8 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using UTF 8 Traditional Chi nese character big5 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Traditional Chi nese character Simplified Chi nese character gb2312 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Simplified Chi nese character The detailed information on object is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 224 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output file type Selects the type of the output file to be generated during a build This corresponds to the output option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Object module file Outputs a relocatable file output ob Source file after pre Outputs a source file after preprocessed processed out put prep Source file after pre Disables line output at preprocessor expan processed Disables sion line output out put prep noline Path of the output
16. Yes inline lt numeric value gt Performs inline expansion automatically No noinline Does not perform inline expansion auto matically Maximum increasing rate of function size Aug 01 2015 Specifies maximum increasing rate of function size For example when 100 is specified inline expansion will be performed until the func tion size has increased by 100 size is doubled This option corresponds to the inline option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes inline lt numeric value gt in the Performs inline expansion automatically property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 1 to 65535 decimal number ztENESAS Page 233 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Files for inter file inline Specifies files for inter file inline expansion expansion This option is valid only when the inline option or pragma inline has been specified The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the file_inline option of the compiler The file name is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in
17. 0 cette eee ee 44 2 11 2 Set build options at the file level 0 eee ete 44 2 12 Estimate the Stack Capacity cre rerni iein a r aa O E a a 48 A WINDOW A 1 Description Revision Record REFERENC Ets teas tok hon Moe E E r ES e Rae ae ESSE EA 49 CS 1 GENERAL 1 GENERAL This chapter explains the overview of the build tool plug in of CC RX 1 1 Overview The build tool plug in can be used to set build options for creating load modules or user libraries 1 2 Features The features of the build tool plug in are shown below Build option setting Most build options can be set via the graphical user interface GUI Speeding up of build Two types of facilities are provided to speed up build simultaneous build and parallel build The build time can be shortened in simultaneous build by simultaneously compiling or assembling the files with a sin gle call of the build command and in parallel build by executing multiple build commands in parallel R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 6 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 FUNCTIONS This chapter describes the build procedure using CS and about the main build functions 2 1 Overview This section describes how to create a load module and user library 2 1 1 Create a load module The procedure for creating a load module is shown below Remark See CS Integrated Development Environment User s Manual Project Operation for details about
18. Default Depends on the optimization level options How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level options Depends on the optimization level options Yes const_copy Enables constant propagation of const qualified external variables No noconst_copy Disables constant propagation of const qualified external variables Conversion method of the divisions and resi dues of integer con stants Selects conversion method of the divisions and residues of integer constants This corresponds to the const_div and noconst_div option of the compiler Default Depends on the optimization type option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation type option Depends on the optimization type option Instruction sequence using multiplication const_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using multiplica tion Instruction sequence using division noconst_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using division Expansion method of the library function Aug 01 2015 Selects expansion method of the library function This corresponds to the library option of the compiler Default Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic How to change Select
19. Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Object module file Outputs a relocatable file output ob Source file after pre Outputs a source file after preprocessed processed out put prep Source file after pre Disables line output at preprocessor expan processed Disables sion line output out put prep noline Path of the output Specifies the output destination folder for the output file folder The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectName Replaces with the project name If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Object module file Sp
20. He Ho No He Ho He opinie HOG Poze Freie eens ihe fomai of inpul dibranry mmeo emadale names wiih one per line Tha comes ponds bathe input option of the inkar i semondpbecs omple ptz errr z Link Options Hex Output Opt t Remark Often used options have been gathered under the Frequently Used Options for Link category on the Common Options tab R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 24 of 266 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 6 1 Add a user library Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Link Options tab on the Property panel Adding a user library is made with the Using libraries property in the Input category Figure 2 36 Using libraries Property gt Input binary data file Inout binary data file D gt Symbol definition Symbol definition D Species execution start address Ho Initiates the prelinker Automatic coriral If you click the button the Path Edit dialog box will open Figure 2 37 Path Edit Dialog Box en Path Edie PatOne path ger oma lina Lal Slain Frosa Dr s ser lib Bowe O Permi peiie paih Placeholder Aincehcider ofa Descriptor a Biia Pmr D wok emmgs Abendube gsh the sdra pojsc Active maere sample Active poat name gq BubtModeheme OefaultBudd Budd mode name tsar roses h OAwedcaamghe Absolute path gi the man poat Hanfe Memes tampa Ban posd name Moon ToyPsh C Precrem Fis Abaniute
21. Optimizes branch Selects whether to optimize branch instruction size instruction size This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPtimize Branch Optimizes branch instruction size accord ing to program allocation information No Does not optimize branch instruction size Section start address Specifies the section start address This corresponds to the start option of the linker Default The peculiar value for the target device How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Section Settings dialog box change which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 1022 characters 8 Frequently Used Options for Hex Output The detailed information on frequently used options during hex output is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is not displayed for the library project Output hex file Specifies whether hex file is output Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Outputs a hex file No Does not output a hex file Load module file con Selects the load module file convert format vert format This corresponds to the form option of the linker Default S record file FOrm Stype How to Sel
22. Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after build processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed after build processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified ztENESAS Page 79 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE
23. Selects adjustment for instruction in branch This corresponds to the noinstalign instalign4 and instalign8 option of the compiler Default None noinstalign How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction None noinstalign Does not align instructions at branch destina tions Execution in 4 bytes instalign4 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Execution in 4 bytes Contains each loop head instalign4 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 4 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign4 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop Execution in 8 bytes instalign8 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Execution in 8 bytes Contains each loop head instalign8 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 8 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign8 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop Generates divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to generate divisions and residues with DIV DIVU
24. The detailed information on the quality improvement is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 229 of 266 CS Detect stack overflow A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to detect the stack overflow This property is usable only in the Professional Edition Detection of stack overflow is a feature for writing a value outside the valid stack area before entering a function and checking whether that value is rewritten before exiting the function Upon detection the user defined __ stack_chk_fail function is called See CC RX Compiler User s Manual about the difference between Yes Xstack_protector and Yes All Xstack_protector_all This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all options of the ccrx command This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Detects the stack overflow Xstack_protector Yes All Detects the stack overflow for all functions Xstack_protector_all No None Does not detect the stack overfl
25. This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name 3 When changing the S record file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output File category Figure 2 9 Output file name Property For S Record File 4 Output File eet hex file Yea 4 Hex Fonmat Hex file format Motorola 5 type file FOn Stype Unify record size Mo Outputs the calculation result of CAC Na Output 59 record at the end He Suppress cuiputting data to unused area made by OFFSET Mo This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name 4 When changing the binary data file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output File category Figure 2 10 Output file name Property For Binary Data File Output File uae Pax Be Yes 4
26. ables with register storage class specifi cation to registers Omits a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type Selects whether to omit a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type When Yes is specified code performance of the relevant type conversion process ing is improved The conversion result may however differ from C C language specifications so take care on this point This corresponds to the simple_float_conv option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes simple_float_conv Omits part of the type conversion pro cessing for the floating type No Does not omit part of the type conversion processing for the floating type Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to perform optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Although the performance of object code is generally better than when alias noansi is specified the results of execution may differ according to whether alias ansi or alias noansi is specified This corresponds to the alias option of the compiler Default No alias noansi How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes alias ansi Performs optimization considering the type
27. tion 16 Outputs the calculation result of CRC 16 LSB first operation SENT MSB type Outputs the calculation result of operation conforming to SENT 32 ETHERNET type Outputs the calculation result of CRC 32 ETHERNET operation Initial value Specifies the initial value for the CRC code in the format of initial value This corresponds to the CRc option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes CRc in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is selected Default Blank How to Directly enter to the text box change Restriction When other than 32 ETHERNET type is selected in the Type of CRC property 0 to FFFF hexadecimal number When 32 ETHERNET type is selected in the Type of CRC prop erty 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 150 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Endian Selects the endian for CRC output This corresponds to the CRc option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes CRc in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is selected Default Little endian How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Not spec Does not specify the endian Depends on the endian ify None type of the input object Little endian Outputs the value in little endian mode Big endian Outputs the value in big endian mode
28. ztENESAS Page 199 of 266 Section name of switch statement branch table area A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the section name of switch statement branch table area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff B Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff D Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates
29. 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Specify The Predefined Macro dialog box This dialog box is used to select the predefined macros to disable and set it to the area that this dialog box is called from Figure A 25 Specify The Predefined Macro Dialog Box Specify The Predefined Macro E DELS __ Function buttons F _INT_SHORT _SCHAR The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Property panel select the following properties and then click the button From the Compile Options tab Invalidates the predefined macro in the Source category From the Individual Compile Options C tab Invalidates the predefined macro in the Source category From the Individual Compile Options C tab Invalidates the predefined macro in the Source category Description of each area 1 Select items The list of the predefined macros which can be disabled for the area that this dialog box is called from is displayed Select the predefined macros to disable to set to the area that opened this dialog box via check boxes Remark In the area that opened this dialog box if a predefined macros to disable is already set the check box for that macro will be selected by default Function buttons Button Function OK Closes this dialog box and specifies the selected macros to the area that opened th
30. Build simultaneously property in the Build Method category Figure 2 1 Build simultaneously Property euih im parallel lo Handling the source file includes non existing file Re coempile assemble the source file Ensure compatibility of paths and linkage onder Mo Remark 1 The files with the individual build options and files to be executed prior to the build are excluded from run ning build simultaneously A build of the file that is not targeted for a simultaneous build is run separately Remark 2 If the source file is older than the generated object module file or related properties and project or the like the object module file will be used for the build instead of the source file Another facility to speed up build is parallel build See 2 2 2 Running parallel build for details about parallel build R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 9 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 2 2 Running parallel build Parallel build is a facility to build multiple source files in parallel at build in order to reduce the build time In parallel build since build is performed simultaneously for the number of logical CPUs in the host machine the effect is greater in a machine with a large number of CPU cores There are two types of parallel build facilities Each processing and its setting method are given below 1 2 Parallel build between source files When running parallel build between multiple source files
31. Directly enter in the text box Restriction 1 to 32 decimal number Performs inline expan sion automatically Selects whether to perform inline expansion automatically This option corresponds to the inline and noinline option of the compiler Default Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Yes inline lt numeric value gt Performs inline expansion automatically No noinline Does not perform inline expansion auto matically Maximum increasing rate of function size R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies maximum increasing rate of function size For example when 100 is specified inline expansion will be performed until the func tion size has increased by 100 size is doubled This option corresponds to the inline option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes inline lt numeric value gt in the Performs inline expansion automatically property is selected Default 100 decimal number How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 1 to 65535 decimal number ztENESAS Page 96 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Files for inter file inline Specifies files for inter file inl
32. How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Generates code in which DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used No nouse_div_inst Generates code in which no DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used Character code of an output assembly lan guage file 3 Quality Improvement Selects character code of an output assembly language file This corresponds to the outcode option of the compiler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code outcode utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When C C839 lang c in the Language of the C source file property in the Source category is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code out code euc Outputs characters in
33. Library Generate ptian The detailed information on modes are displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 168 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Generation mode of Selects the generation mode of the standard library the standard library Default Build a library file option changed How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Build a library file anytime Creates a latest standard library file Build a library file option Creates a latest standard library file changed only when an option is changed regardless of whether Build or Rebuild Do not add a library file Does not add a library file 2 Standard Library The detailed information on standard library are displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library property in the Mode category Library configuration Selects which functions are to be usable in the C standard library This corresponds to the lang option of the library generator Default C C89 lang c How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction C C89 lang c Includes only the functions conforming to the C89 standard in the C standard library C99 lang c99 Includes the functions conforming to the C89 standard and the functions conforming to the C99 stand
34. Output size Specifies the output size for the CRC code This corresponds to the CRc option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes CRc in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is selected Default Blank How to Directly enter to the text box change Restriction 2 4 or blank Outputs the S9 record at the end Selects whether to output the S9 record at the end This corresponds to the s9 option of the linker This property is displayed only when Motorola S type file FOrm Stype in the Hex file format property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes S9 Outputs the S9 record at the end No Does not output the S9 record at the end Suppress outputting data to unused area made by OFFSET 3 Others Selects whether to suppress outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET This property is automatically set by the selection of the Suppress outputting data to unused area made by OFFSET property in the Object category of the Assemble Options tab or Individual Assemble Options tab This corresponds to the create_unfilled_area option of the linker This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 03 00 or lower
35. Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after assemble processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional Inputs the assemble options to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the assemble options group Default Configuration of the assemble option H
36. change Select from the drop down list Restriction Object module file output ob Outputs a relocatable file Source file after pre processed out put prep Outputs a source file after preprocessed Source file after pre Disables line output at preprocessor expan processed Disables sion line output out put prep noline Path of the output folder Specifies the output destination folder for the output file The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectName Replaces with the project name If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default BuildModeName How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Outputs debugging information Selects whether to output debugging information t
37. lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show defini tions Outputs the information before DEFINE replacement No Does not output the information before DEFINE replacement Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expan sions Outputs the assembler macro expansion statements No ztENESAS Does not output the assembler macro expan sion statements Page 231 of 266 CS 5 Optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed Optimization level Selects optimization level This corresponds to the optimize option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 0 optimize 0 Does not optimi
38. property in the Mode category Default Command line number of defined items How to change ztENESAS Changes not allowed Page 187 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Build Settings tab This tab shows the detailed information on each C source file C source file assembler source file object module file and library file categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed 1 Build Figure A 9 Property Panel Build Settings Tab When Selecting C Source File Sat as build tainget Yag Set individual compile option Ho File type C source Setas build target Selects whether to build this file Sat as build tanget Yas Set individual compile option Ho File type C source Setas buildtarget Selects whether io build this file Figure A 11 Property Panel Build Settings Tab When Selecting Assembler Source File Sat as build tanget Set individual assemble option Ho File type asembli source fle Sel as build target Selects whether io build this file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 188 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Figure A 12 Property Panel Build Settings Tab When Selecting Object Module File l le lalla Sat as build tanget File type Sel as buildtarget Selects whether to build this file PEDE rasa i l iki Settings File Information Sat as build tanget Sel as buildtarget Se
39. property in the Output category Figure 2 7 Output file name Property For Load Module File 4 Output Output file type Load module fie POm Abaclute Tapen debugging information m Epes b gt ha ipti DEBug aH Enables e message oubpul Hoi HOMessage Suppresses the number of information level messages Fills in padding data at the end of a section Ho gt diddress setting for specified vector number Address setting far epectied vector number D Address setting for unused vector area Outputs the pump table Ne This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name 2 When changing the hex file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output File category R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 12 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 8 Output file name Property For Hex File 4 Output File ipat hex file Yes a Hex Fomat Hex file format Intel expanded hex fila AOm Hexadecimal Unify record size No Specify byte count for data record Ho Dutputes the calculation result of CAC Ho Suppress outputting data to unused area made by OFFSET Ho
40. tangs the infenration lewel and warnng leel messages boenerdewel messages Mo Femits commen 7 nesting Notnomment enone Checks the corpalitality wath an exialing program Me Chartier code clan input program S205 coded Object Birigui file bape bject modde Hhet outpat abi Outouts debugging infomation es debudl Sesiion marra of pier aan area Sechon name of oonstant anes Section nameg intislized dala mes ochat ame of uslmiahred date area Section rame g lnaral areas Section nme of evilch ealenent branch lable araa Allocates unintalied varcbles te 4 byte boundary alignment secbons Akese inisdzed wanables to d fete bourdery alignment scons Albcaten certs qualiied variables io byle boundary alaman sections Allocate swatch siterer branch tables fo byte boundary alignment sections Adsytent for inginecien in branch Generales divisions and residues wach OO DAU and the FON instrechon Character code ofan output assenbly language file HIS codeuinodscne Quality limpet Detect stack overflow a Lisi uiputs a aouret hai file 4 Optimization OO O Lamguage of the C source file Selects language al the C source file non Dptos _ Compile pile Captions AscembleGptons i _Link Remark Often used options have been gathered under the Frequently Used Options for Compile category on the Common Options tab 2 4 1 Perform optimization with the code size precedence Select the build tool node on the project tree an
41. 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize the loop expansion for while and do while This corresponds to the loop option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Expansion loop lt numeric value gt ztENESAS Expands loop statements for while and do while Page 232 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Expansion maximum number A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies expansion maximum number This corresponds to the suboption of loop option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Expansion loop lt numeric value gt in the Loop expansion property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction 1 to 32 decimal number Performs inline expan sion automatically Selects whether to perform inline expansion automatically This option corresponds to the inline and noinline option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options
42. 1 2 3 7 and 8 1 Create or load a project Create a new project or load an existing one 2 Seta build target project Set a build target project 3 Set build target files Add or remove build target files and update the dependencies 4 Set speeding up of build Set a build speed up facility as required see 2 2 Speeding up of Build 5 Set the type of the output file Select the type of the load module to be generated see 2 3 Set the Type of the Output File 6 Set build options Set the options for the compiler assembler linker and the like see 2 4 Set Compile Options 2 5 Set Assem ble Options 2 6 Set Link Options and the like 7 Runa build Run a build Remark If there are any commands you wish to run before or after the build process on the Property panel from the Common Options tab in the Others category set the Commands executed before build processing and Commands executed after build processing properties If there are any commands you wish to run before or after the build process at the file level you can set them from the Individual Compile Options C tab for a C source file Individual Compile Options C tab for a C source file and Individual Assemble Options tab for an assembly source file 8 Save the project Save the setting contents of the project to the project file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 7 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2
43. 4npel option of tha inkar a ata reo i as on Common dptcer Compile Octn K Description of each category 1 Input The detailed information on input files is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 156 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Input object module file A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies an input object module file Add one file in one line The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder This corresponds to the Input option of the linker The specified file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Input object module file number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box dire
44. Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Load module file convert format property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction No Outputs various data records accord ing to each address Yes HEX record Outputs the HEX record for the data REcord H16 records Yes Expansion HEX Outputs the Expansion HEX record for record REcord H20 the data records Yes 32 bit HEX record Outputs the 32 bit HEX record for the REcord H32 data records Unifies the record size Selects whether to output data with the specified data record regardless of the address range This corresponds to the record option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format prop erty is s
45. Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Other additional options Hex S record Binary data R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Inputs the link options to be added additionally The options set here are added at the end of the link options group This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When a choice other than Not convert was made in the Load module file convert format property in the Convert Load Module File category Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction ztENESAS Up to 259 characters Page 141 of 266 CS Command line The specified option is displayed A WINDOW REFERENCE Default Command line number of defined items How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 142 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Hex Output Options tab This tab shows the detailed informat
46. Compiles as a C source file lang ecpp Additional include paths Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Use whole include paths specified for build tool Selects whether to compile using the include path spec
47. Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show condi tionals Outputs the statements unsatisfied in condi tional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa tion before DEFINE replacement Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show defini tions Outputs the information before DEFINE replacement No Does not output the information before DEFINE replacement Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expan sions Outputs the assembl
48. Default Commands executed after compile processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional Inputs the compile options to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the compile options group Default Blank How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line The specified option is displayed Default Command line number of defined items How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 107 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Assemble Options tab This tab shows the detailed information on the assemble phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed 1 Source 2 Object 3 List 4 Optimization 5 Others Figure A 4 Property Panel Assemble Options Tab Do Macro deinijon Oharacter code of an mpat program Object Outault debuggesg inlorswion Suspress outputting dais to unused area made by OFFSET Lisi Outputs an assemble kat dle Optimeation Outputs additonal infoeraben ter inter maadule o
49. FUNCTIONS 2 1 2 Create a user library The procedure for creating a user library is shown below Remark See CS Integrated Development Environment User s Manual Project Operation for details about 1 1 2 2 3 6 and 7 Create or load a project Create a new project or load an existing one When you create a new project set a library project Set a build target project Set a build target project Set build target files Add or remove build target files and update the dependencies Set speeding up of build Set a build speed up facility as required see 2 2 Speeding up of Build Set build options Set the options for the compiler assembler librarian and the like see 2 4 Set Compile Options 2 5 Set Assemble Options 2 8 Set Librarian Options Run a build Run a build Remark If there are any commands you wish to run before or after the build process on the Property panel from the Common Options tab in the Others category set the Commands executed before build processing and Commands executed after build processing properties If there are any commands you wish to run before or after the build process at the file level you can set them from the Individual Compile Options C tab for a C source file Individual Compile Options C tab for a C source file and Individual Assemble Options tab for an assembly source file Save the project Save the setting contents of the pro
50. Hex Fomat Hex file format Binary file FAOnn Bineary This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 13 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 5 When changing the user library file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output category Figure 2 11 Output file name Property For User Library File 4 Output net file type hei A FOrmel brary uU a the anlar a informabor level messages This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name When changing the system library file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output category Figure 2 12 Output file name Property For System Library File 4 Output oe file hpn System library file FOrm Ub
51. How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization level zation level options options Yes const_copy Enables constant propagation of const qualified external variables No noconst_copy Disables constant propagation of const qualified external variables Conversion method of the divisions and resi dues of integer con stants Selects conversion method of the divisions and residues of integer constants This corresponds to the const_div and noconst_div option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization type option zation type option Instruction sequence using multiplication const_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using multiplica tion Instruction sequence using division noconst_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using division Expansion method of the library function R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects expansion method of the library function This corresponds to the library option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Calls library functions Calls all library functions library
52. M16C family C compilers Yes H8 compiler check ch38 Checks the compatibility with the H8 H8S and H8SX family C C compilers Yes SH compiler check sh Checks the compatibility with the SuperH family C C compilers No Does not check the compatibility with an existing program Character code of an input program 2 Object Selects character code of an input program This corresponds to the euc sjis latin1 utf8 big5 and gb2312 option of the com piler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code euc Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using EUC
53. None in the Instruction set archi tecture property is selected Outputs an object that uses FPU instruc tions This item is not available when RX200 series cpu rx200 in the Microcon troller type property is selected No nofpu Outputs an object that does not use FPU instructions Endian type for data Selects endian type for data This corresponds to the endian option of the compiler and library generator endian option of assembler Default Little endian data endian little How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Big endian data Arranges data bytes in big endian endian big Little endian data Arranges data bytes in little endian endian little Rounding method for Selects rounding method for floating point constant operations floating point constant This option does not affect the method of rounding for floating point operations during operations program execution This corresponds to the round option of the compiler and library generator Default round to nearest round nearest How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction round to zero Rounds values to zero round zero round to nearest Rounds values to the nearest value round nearest R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 56 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Handling of denormal ized numbers in float ing point constants A WINDOW RE
54. Options tab R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 23 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 6 Set Link Options To set options for the link phase select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Link Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various link options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Caution This tab is not displayed for the library project Figure 2 35 Property Panel Link Options Tab Specie amecetion Hail address ritisies the peirier Output Duipui file tyga Outputs debugging imonmation Poth of the output ider Ciurtpart File name Qutouts the external symbel ellocedon information file Ensbles oclormaison level menige sipa Soppresses the number of infonmation lewel messies Fills in padding dete st the end of a sacian O Asean seating lor spite visie aumea Address setting for unosed vector ares Dutouts the jermp ishta List Outouts the Pnksge list file Dirtiats a ayaba rara lent nt a meddle Outputs the number of symbol references Outouts the cross reference information Sleeve the total gine ead Outputs vecio information E eT aa Using libraries Sprem Gbeanes l ipa binay ate Sia f Symbol definoni Ne Atonai control Lode edulis fla Fsn Aheokte Yes Outputs 10 the output le OE Bog Budd Mode Hama 7 Prapbed are abd ha No MCiMeseaga Ho Aiekin ating fer acto vector number ol He Wes list contentsespenty LI
55. Other additional Inputs the option to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the options group of the compiler Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 80 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Compile Options tab A WINDOW REFERENCE This tab shows the detailed information on the compile phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed 1 Source 2 Object 3 Quality Improvement 4 List 5 Optimization 6 Output File 7 MISRA C rule check 8 Others Figure A 3 Property Panel Compile Options Tab TE 7 A CEFE Popery Source Language of the C source file Adggitions include peths bo boclode Ales at the basi of compiling ons Do Maco difingion levalidabes the prededined macro E la ale CASS tar eh Ceann Addtionsl induce petal System inchede paihaj kiude Ales at the heed of comedies urasi Macro deinen Ensbles infoeration level meseage mpat Holromemsga Suppresses Iha rumie of infonmabioneliwel maes Charges the wenningdevel messages bo infoncadorlevel messages Neo Changes the iformation lecel mes tages jomining ere managet Ne Changes the inforration level and warnn
56. Others Other detailed information on linking are displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs a stack use Selects whether to output a stack information file information file This corresponds to the stack option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes STACk Outputs a stack information file No Does not output a stack information file Compresses the Selects whether to compress the debugging information debugging information This corresponds to the compress and nocompress option of the linker Default No NOCOmpress How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Compress Compresses the debugging information No NOCOmpress Does not compress the debugging informa tion Reduces the memory Selects whether to reduce the memory occupancy occupancy This corresponds to the memory option of the linker This property is not displayed when any one of the following items is selected Yes Map in the Outputs the external symbol allocation information file property in the Output category Yes SHow Reference in the Outputs the number of symbol references prop erty or Yes SHow Xreference in the Outputs the cross reference information property in the Convert Load Module File category Yes CPu stride in the Allocates to the next area of the same memory type or the
57. PID category is selected Default None How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction None Does not specify the base register for ROM R8 base rom R8 Specifies R8 as the base register for ROM R9 base rom R9 Specifies R9 as the base register for ROM R10 base rom R10 Specifies R10 as the base register for ROM R11 base rom R11 Specifies R11 as the base register for ROM R12 base rom R12 Specifies R12 as the base register for ROM R13 base rom R13 Specifies R13 as the base register for ROM R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 60 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Base register for RAM Specifies the general register used as a fixed base address throughout the program When base ram register B is specified accesses to initialized variables and unini tialized variables are all performed relative to the specified register B Note that the total RAM data size must be within 64 Kbytes to 256 Kbytes This corresponds to the base option of the compiler and library generator base option of the assembler Default None How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction None Does not specify the base register for RAM R8 base ram R8 Specifies R8 as the base register for RAM R9 base ram R9 Specifies R9 as the base register for RAM R10 base ram R10 Specifies R10 as the base register for
58. Specifies error number of information level and warning level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Deletes local symbol name information R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to delete local symbol name information This corresponds to the hide option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Hide Deletes local symbol name information No Does not delete local symbol name information ztENESAS Page 139 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Displays the total sizes Selects whether to display the total sizes of sections of sections This corresponds to the total_size option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Total_size Displays the total sizes of s
59. This corresponds to the float_order option of the library generator This property is displayed only in the following cases When 2 optimize 2 or Max optimize max in the Optimization level property is selected When No in the Use same optimization related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes float_order Optimizes modification of the operation order in a floating point expression No Does not optimize modification of the operation order in a floating point expres sion Other detailed information on library generators are displayed and the configuration can be changed Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 185 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corresponds to the nologo option of the library generator This property is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library property in the Mode category Default No nologo How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables output of the copyright Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before library generator processing before library gener Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat ate p
60. This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default P How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of con stant area Specifies the section name of constant area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default C How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of initial ized data area R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the section name of initialized data area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default D How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters ztENESAS Page 175 of 266 CS Section name of unini tialized data area A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the section name of uninitialized data area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab pr
61. Weco deinen Oharacter code of an input program Object Output debugging inkartwbon Sunpress outputting cats io unused area made by OFFSET Lisi Outputs an assemble bat dle Optimeation Outputs additonal iefotrmaien ber inter module optimi Taim Obes Fldilicena ekale paha Species Seichoonal include palha The path uses the project folder as the references poini TEETE Azcmble Optons TEE G E T Remark Often used options have been gathered under the Frequently Used Options for Assemble category on the Common Options tab 2 5 1 Add an include path Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Assemble Options tab on the Property panel The include path setting is made with the Additional include paths property in the Source category Figure 2 29 Additional include paths Property SET iMi e palis j Macro definition Macro defintion Character code of an input program JJS codelsje If you click the button the Path Edit dialog box will open R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 21 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 30 Path Edit Dialog Box Path Ed Ea PariisCiren path perga linai Lad Ane a Proves Der b F Permi precian path E Include subfolders automatical by Placeholder Plscebolder Vike Desragtion fective Progect De Diwek sanpia Absckte paih of tha active E ActvePredMiconMere FRSFSSIMECSFR Adiva
62. as the subproperty Default Commands executed before librarian processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 166 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed after librarian processing after librarian process Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat ing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LibrarianFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under librarian processing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder Pro
63. by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Deletes local symbol name information Selects whether to delete local symbol name information This corresponds to the hide option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Hide Deletes local symbol name information No Does not delete local symbol name informa tion Displays the total sizes Selects whether to display the total sizes of sections of sections This corresponds to the total_size option of the linker This property is displayed only when Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Total_size Displays the total sizes of sections No Does not display the total sizes of sections Displays the copyright Selects whether to display the copyright information information This corresponds to the logo and nologo option of the linker Default No NOLOgo How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes LOgo Displays the total sizes of sections No NOLOgo Does not display the total sizes of sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 tENESAS Page 165 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands exec
64. category is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes enable_register Allocates preferentially the variables with register storage class specification to reg isters Does not allocate preferentially the vari ables with register storage class specifi cation to registers R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 210 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 6 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Omits a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to omit a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type When Yes is specified code performance of the relevant type conversion process ing is improved The conversion result may however differ from C C language specifications so take care on this point This corresponds to the simple_float_conv option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes simple_float_conv Omits part of the type conversion pro cessing for the floating type No Does not omit part of the type conversion processing for the floating type Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Selects whether to perform optimization considering the type o
65. compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction 1 to 32 decimal number Performs inline expan sion automatically Selects whether to perform inline expansion automatically This option corresponds to the inline and noinline option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Yes inline lt numeric value gt Performs inline expansion automatically No noinline Does not perform inline expansion auto matically Maximum increasing rate of function size Aug 01 2015 Specifies maximum increasing rate of function size For example when 100 is specified inline expansion will be performed until the func tion size has increased by 100 size is doubled This option corresponds to the inline option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes inline lt numeric value gt in the Performs inline expansion automatically property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 1 to 65535 decimal number ztENESAS Page 206 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Files for inter file inline Specifies files for inter file inl
66. compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning level messages to error level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message error Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt Error Number gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error numbers to error level messages ztENESAS No Does not change the warning level messages to information level messages Page 85 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Error number of infor mation level and warn ing level message Specifies error number of information level and warning level message If mu
67. compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show defini Outputs the information before DEFINE tions replacement No Does not output the information before DEFINE replacement R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 67 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expan sions Outputs the assembler macro expansion statements No Does not output the assembler macro expansion statements 6 Frequently Used Options for Assemble The detailed information on frequently used options during assembling is displayed and the configuration can be changed Additional include paths Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Rep
68. const quali fied variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff C Allocates const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 200 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Allocates switch state ment branch tables to 4 byte boundary align A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler ment sections Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff W Allocates switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions Adjustment for instruc tion in branch Selects adjustment for instruction in branch This correspon ds to the noinstalign instalign4 and instalign8 option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the
69. const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates switch state ment branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff W Allocates switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No ztENESAS Does not allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Page 177 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Adjustment for instruc tion in branch Selects adjustment for instruction in branch This corresponds to the noinstalign instalign4 and instalign8 option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Execution in 4 bytes instalign4 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Execution in 4 bytes Contains each loop head instalign4 loop Aligns instructions at branc
70. dialog box This dialog box is used to delete sections Figure A 24 Unassigned Section Dialog Box fed_userile led ue Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Section Settings dialog box select an address in the address section area and then click the Remove but ton Description of each area 1 Select sections This area displays the name of all sections allocated to the address selected in the Section Settings dialog box Select sections to be deleted by clicking their names You can select multiple sections by left clicking while holding down the Ctrl or Shift key Function buttons Button Function Closes this dialog box and deletes the selected section from the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box Deletes the section group when the section group an address and the sections allo cated to the address includes no section If no sections are left in the Overlayn column in the address section area the col umn itself is deleted Cancel Cancels the settings and closes this dialog box Unassign All Closes this dialog box and deletes all the sections the section group selected in the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 260 of 266 Aug 01
71. drop down list change Restriction None noinstalign Does not align instructions at branch destina tions Execution in 4 bytes instalign4 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Execution in 4 bytes Contains each loop head instalign4 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 4 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign4 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop Execution in 8 bytes instalign8 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Execution in 8 bytes Contains each loop head instalign8 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 8 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign8 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 201 of 266 CS Generates divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to generate divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction This corresponds to the nouse_div_inst option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option
72. file name Qutowts the external ymbol allocagon intomation file Enables informa pon les el meseage el pel Suopresses the number of infomaton lewel ressoges Fills in padding date st the end cf section Do Aidean setting ker speciied vector umber Adsress setting for unwed vacio ares Outputs the jorg ishla Lisi Outputs the Grkeape list file Dupes a ayaba rama len ot a madula Duipauts the mumber of symbol references Duiputs the cross reference information Sheas ihe total sine of maeciond Quipuis weckor information Optmestion Optimization type D Becton Lisirag libraries rrem bees kapui benaey data tafi Sba defingion il He Bubomatic control Lord modue fa FOenAbackial Yes Outputs to the output Hey EB Ss Boab boars hama a Propecd Maree i be He Mei MeiMigtaga ha Addni ig for agaci vecia mbe Ho Yeb conbent ssy L Ha Ho optimize OO Paice e wae C T Neopet rnc tie Specrhes an inpal cbpect module dle in ihe temal ol inped citrary names cmedule names with cone per lins Tha comes ponds to e input option of the linker Remark ssembleOphens Link Options Hee ripar Spb r dais EAAS EANA AEEA AAAA ztENESAS F lbran Geert This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or higher Page 116 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Description of each category 1 Input The detailed information on input files is displayed and the conf
73. for the link phase select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various librarian options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Caution This tab is not displayed for the application project Figure 2 64 Property Panel Librarian Options Tab zi Input obet rabe Fi Lising ibranas Lising bbnariz T 1 Saien lbn Estem br ares Df Initiates the prebriver Kiitahi Output Dupa tie tees ies brary hei Fima i Path of the outrot iddar Outpt fle rama Erahes orb pies lemel itis ge Colpo Sippe the reenter of avi maboe level mesaeges List Outpace the hnis list File Yes Lit ienie HER Dumi a porbo cere lm ima modde Ho Outputs a d si fal in madala he Others laput object module tke Spee fies an ingeal obser rrezdode Glen Be kama el sarpecteedd my ni s yrii aaen an ari pai ra The commeaporda to the rpa opon of tha bnzer Common Optiset Congpile Optom 2 8 1 Set the output of a library file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel The setting to output a library file is made with the Output category Figure 2 65 Output Category Enables information level message output No NOMessage Suppresses the number of infarmaiorn level messages 1 Set the output folder Setting the output folder is made with the Path of the output folder property by directly e
74. from Cancel Cancels the rule number selecting and closes the dialog box Enable All Selects all the check boxes in Select items Disable All Clears all the check boxes in Select items Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 253 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Section Settings dialog box This dialog box is used to add modify or delete sections Figure A 19 Section Settings Dialog Box 000003000 remot CkOFFFA0000 PRasatPRG OFFFA0I00 C1 Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Property panel select the following property and then click the button From the Common Options tab Section start address in the Frequently Used Options for Link category From the Link Options tab Section start address in the Section category Description of each area 1 Address section area This area displays the list of currently configured section allocations a Address This area displays the start addresses of the sections b Section This area displays the names of the sections c Overlayn This area displays the names of the sections to be overlaid n number starting with 1 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 254 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS
75. function Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic ztENESAS Performs instruction expansion for abs fabsf and library functions which can use string manipulation instructions Page 208 of 266 CS Divides the optimizing ranges into many sec tions before compila tion A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to divide the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation This corresponds to the scope and noscope option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes scope Divides the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation No noscope Does not divide the optimizing ranges before compilation Schedules the instruc tion taking into consid eration pipeline processing Selects whether to schedule the instruction taking into consideration pipeline process ing This corresponds to the schedule and noschedule option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes schedule
76. in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Yes BYte_count in the Specifies byte count for data record property is specified Default FF hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 1 to FF hexadecimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 128 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the calculation result of CRC Selects whether to generate CRC code This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal or S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC CCITT Endian Automatic CRc Selects CRC CCITT as a polynomial expression Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC CC
77. information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level messages to information level messages property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 84 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Changes the informa tion level messages to warning level mes sages A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message warning Changes all information level messages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt Error Number gt Changes the information level messages with the specified error numbers to warning level messages No Does not change the information level mes sages to warning level messages Error number of infor mation level message Specifies error number of information level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the
78. level messages to the information level messages Error number of warn Specifies error number of warning level message ing level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property and Yes Specifies error number change_message information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level messages to information level messages property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes tion level messages to sages warning level mes This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker sages This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes All Changes all information level mes change_message warning sages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number Changes the inf
79. level messages to error level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message e rror Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message e rror lt ErrorNum ber gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error num bers to error level messages No Does not change the warning level messages to information level messages ztENESAS Page 164 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Error number of infor mation level and warn ing level message Specifies error number of information level and warning level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit
80. library project Caution 2 This tab is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the lat est version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or lower the properties from this tab are included in the Convert Load Module File category from the Link Options tab See Property panel in A WIN DOW REFERENCE for details Figure 2 56 Property Panel Hex Output Options Tab 4 OCR Property a Guip File DuA folder Ou hla rama Dorit aigal Sle a Hew Fammi Her tle tumal liay record sze Dupres the oatoelahioe ret of CRC Outs SS eer st the ard Supsiemns sulpetie gt Sete l creel area rade Others Gupi hee ike Sees tthe be cote a h Sle Tha coregende to the form opto of ba beer T Commons Opto E i Asmersbledpticns J Link Opticon al Hex Gutput thptions Library Generate Gohors T Remark Often used options have been gathered under the Frequently Used Options for Hex Output category on the Common Options tab 2 7 1 Set the output of a hex file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel 1 Set the output of a hex file The setting to output a hex file is made with the Output hex file proper
81. math ihe C malt Lh F s E eel Enter the library file including the path per line in Path One path per one line You can specify up to 259 characters per line up to 65536 lines Remark 1 This property supports placeholders If a line is double clicked in Placeholder the placeholder will be reflected in Path One path per one line Remark 2 You can also specify the library file by one of the following procedures Drag and drop the folder using such as Explorer Click the Browse button and then select the folder in the Specify Using Library File dialog box Double click a row in Placeholder If you click the OK button the entered library files are displayed as subproperties R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 25 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 38 Using libraries Property After Setting Library Files s ire Emay data file al pices data fellj bo Symbol definition Symbal defintion D Specifies execution start address No initiates the prelinker Automatic coriral To change the library files you can use the button or enter the path directly in the text box of the subproperty Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Using libraries property in the Frequently Used Options for Link category on the Common Options tab 2 6 2 Prepare for using the overlaid section selection function The optimizing linker rlink used by CC RX c
82. of the compiler This property is displayed only when No nomessage in the Enables information level message output property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the warning Selects whether to change the warning level messages to information level mes level messages to sages information level mes This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler sages Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes All Changes all warning level messages to the change_message information level messages information Yes Specifies Changes the warning level messages with the error number specified error numbers to the information level change_message messages informa tion lt ErrorNum ber gt No Does not change the warning level messages to the information level messages Error number of warn Specifies error number of warning level message ing level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message
83. path setting is made with the Additional include paths property in the Source category Figure 2 22 Additional include paths Property ai Source Langga ai a C source file Eang If you click the button the Path Edit dialog box will open Figure 2 23 Path Edit Dialog Box Peah Edit Patine path perga linaj Lal no rese E Permit prexasient path Include gubtolsers ariomsticalby Placeholder Placeholder Veke Dlsscantion Active Progen De DAwerdkaenpla Absolde paih o the sive ActiveProedMicenMarns RSFSSSMACKFS Adiva pred micrpceninl Actes Pryectteme sample Acts project rame Buboods Hane Desi Build mode name Hanfa Der Disk sampie Absolute path of tree imain ge a b l om cane Hee Enter an include path per line in Path One path per one line R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 18 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS You can specify up to 247 characters per line Remark 1 This property supports placeholders If a line is double clicked in Placeholder the placeholder will be reflected in Path One path per one line Remark 2 You can also specify the include path by one of the following procedures Drag and drop the folder using such as Explorer Click the Browse button and then select the folder in the Browse For Folder dialog box Double click a row in Placeholder Remark 3 Select the Subfolders are automatic
84. projed microaconiml Ars medee zampe Actes propc ree BubdModeHame Demi puid Buld mode name Moir ropesci Cher Deworksample Absolute path of teman p 4 k F Enter the include path per line in Path One path per one line You can specify up to 247 characters per line Remark 1 This property supports placeholders If a line is double clicked in Placeholder the placeholder will be reflected in Path One path per one line Remark 2 You can also specify the include path by one of the following procedures Drag and drop the folder using such as Explorer Click the Browse button and then select the folder in the Browse For Folder dialog box Double click a row in Placeholder Remark 3 Select the Subfolders are automatically included check box before clicking the Browse button to add all paths under the specified one down to 5 levels to Path One path per one line If you click the OK button the entered include paths are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 31 Additional include paths Property After Adding Include Paths gt System include paths System include pathafll gt Macro definition Macro definition D Character code of an input program SUIS code aie To change the include paths you can use the button or enter the path directly in the text box of the subproperty When the include path is added to the project tree the path is added to the top of the subproperties auto
85. registered in a project make the setting in the Build in parallel property in the Common Options tab on the Property panel Figure 2 2 Build in parallel Property a Build Method Build in parallel Handling the source file includes mor existing file Fe comple assemble the source file Ensure compatibility of paths and linkage onder Ne Remark Another facility to soeed up build is simultaneous build Simultaneous build is a facility to process the build command for multiple source files at once and specifying it simultaneously with parallel build has no effect due to its nature Generally the more CPU cores there are in the host machine in use or the more source files there are registered in a project parallel build is faster than simultaneous build However as there are properties that need to be used together with simultaneous build such as inter module optimization use the suitable facility for the situation See 2 2 1 Running simultaneous build for details about simultaneous build Parallel build between projects When running parallel build between the main project and subprojects make the setting in Enable parallel build among projects of the General Build category of the Option dialog box Figure 2 3 Option Dialog Box General Build Category on General a Status ad Exit General Bild E Display al eee a Eres Enable Rapes Build Gheerve regaiered tes changing one and Cala El External Tools IFremi
86. repaire Carpita wifin 24 bis bach 24 Hone Mone ong Hire ha ho hin Bald mode Selecth the bald Sede narma l be coed dong baid Common Options Cerea Oebar AveentivOphorme Usk GpHone He Opr nioe UibreyterermeOpeone The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Edit menu only available for the Property panel Context menu How to open On the Project Tree panel select the Build tool node or file and then select Property from the View menu or Prop erty from the context menu Remark When either one of the Build tool node or file on the Project Tree panel is selected while the Property panel has been opened the detailed information of the selected item is displayed Description of each area 1 Detailed information display change area In this area the detailed information on the Build tool node or file that is selected on the Project Tree panel is dis played by every category in the list And the settings of the information can be changed directly Mark 4 indicates that all the items in the category are expanded Mark gt indicates that all the items are col lapsed You can expand collapse the items by clicking these marks or double clicking the category name R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 50 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Mark Hes indicates that only a hexadecimal number is allowed to in
87. section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of con stant area Specifies the section name of constant area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of initial ized data area Specifies the section name of initialized data area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of unini tialized data area Specifies the section name of uninitialized data area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of literal area Specifies the section name of literal area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015
88. select Yes listfile on the Outputs a source list file property in the List category Figure 2 14 Outputs a source list file Property Outputs a source list file a eaioieoer miadi in conditional assembly Na Outputs the information before DEFINE replacement Ne Outputs the assembler macro expansion statements Ne 2 For an assembler source file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Assemble Options tab on the Property panel To output the assemble list select Yes listfile on the Outputs a assemble list file property in the List category Figure 2 15 Outputs a assemble list file Property Outputs an assemble lisi file WIWIPUS the statements unsabes teed Ouigets tho information bine OCFINEreplocement a Qutpuls the assembler macro expansion statements Mo Remark See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for the assemble list 2 3 3 Output map information The map information i e information on the result of linkage is output to the linkage list file 1 For the load module file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Link Options tab on the Property panel The setting to output the linkage list file is made with the List category Figure 2 16 Outputs the linkage list file Property Outputs the linkage list file Outputs a symbol name list ina module Outputs the number of symbol references Dutputs the cross reference information the total sizes of s
89. size function into many sections before compilation No noscope ztENESAS Does not divide the optimizing ranges before compilation Page 183 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Schedules the instruc Selects whether to schedule the instruction taking into consideration pipeline process tion taking into consid ing eration pipeline This corresponds to the schedule and noscheduleoption of the library generator processing This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Depends on the optimization level option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization level option zation level option Yes schedule Schedules instructions taking into consid eration pipeline processing No noschedule Does not schedule instructions Converts floating point Selects whether to convert floating point constant division into multiplication of the constant division into corresponding reciprocals as constants multiplication This corresponds to the approxdiv option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes approxdiv Converts floati
90. specified Allocates to the next Selects whether to allocate to the next area of the same memory type or the section is area of the same divided memory type or the This corresponds to the cpu option of the linker section is divided This property is displayed only when the address range of the memory type in the Address range of the memory type property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes CPusstride Allocates same sort of memory space No Does not allocate same sort of memory space R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 2tENESAS Page 136 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Not divide the speci Allocates the specified section to another available area of the same memory type fied section without dividing the section Specifies in the format of section name with one section name per line This corresponds to the contiguous_ section option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes CPu stride in the Allocates to the next area of the same memory type or the section is divided property is selected Default Not divide the specified section number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified 8
91. the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Click the button to open the Path Edit dialog box change gt Edit by the Add Inline Expansion File dialog box which appears when clicking the Browse button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Expansion method of Selects expansion method of the switch statement the switch statement This corresponds to the case option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction if_then method Expands the switch statement using the case ifthen if_ then method Jumping to a table Expands the switch statement by using method case table the table method Compiler automatically Automatically selects the if_then method selects case auto or table method Handles external vari Selects whether to handle all external variables as if they are volatile qualified ables as if they are This corresponds to t
92. the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the preinclude option of the compiler Default Include files at the head of compiling units number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specify in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line The string part can be omitted and in this case the macro name is assumed to be defined This corresponds to the define option of the compiler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Macro definition number of defined it
93. the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder This corresponds to the binary option of the linker This property is displayed only when Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category is selected Default Specify binary data file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Initiates the prelinker Selects whether to initiate the prelinker The automatic generation of C template instance This corresponds to the noprelink option of the linker Default Automatic control How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Automatic control Disables the prelinker initiation if there is no ii file in a file to be input to linker Yes Enables the prelinker initiation No NOPRElink Disables the prelinker initiation 2 Output The detailed information on output files are displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Re
94. the compiler and library generator cpu option of the assembler Default RX600 series copu rx600 How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction RX600 series Generates an instruction code for the cpu rx600 RX600 Series RX200 or RX100 series Generates an instruction code for the cpu rx200 RX200 Series R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 tENESAS Page 55 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Uses floating point Selects whether to use floating point operation instructions operation instructions This corresponds to the fpu and nofpu option of the compiler and to the fpu and nofpu option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category is selected and the latest version is V2 01 00 or higher or when V2 01 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When the version is V2 01 00 or lower this property is displayed in the Compile Options tab Default When None in the Instruction set architecture property is selected Depends on the Microcontroller type option Other than above The peculiar value for the target device How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the Micro Depends on the Microcontroller type controller type option option This item is not available when other than
95. the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System include paths Changes the specified order of the include paths which the system set during compil ing This corresponds to the include option of the compiler Default System include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the System Include Path Order dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Changes not allowed Only the specified order of the include paths can be changed Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specify in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line The string part can be omitted and in this case the macro name is assumed to be defined T
96. the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When C C89 lang c in the Language of the C source file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code euc Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using EUC SJIS code sjis Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using SJIS ISO Latin1 code latin1 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using ISO Latin1 UTF 8 code utf8 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using UTF 8 Traditional Chi nese character big5 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Traditional Chi nese character Simplified Chi nese character gb2312 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Simplified Chi nese character The detailed information on object is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 197 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output file type Selects the type of the output file to be generated during a build This corresponds to the output option of the compiler
97. the source file to a file No Does not output the execution result of pre processing for the source file to a file 7 MISRA C rule check The detailed information on the MISRA C rules check is displayed and the configuration can be changed 20XxX in the following table corresponds to 2012 or 2004 in particular MISRA C specification Selects the MISRA C specification This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction MISRA C 2012 Settings for MISRA C 2012 are made in the subsequent properties MISRA C 2004 Settings for MISRA C 2004 are made in the subsequent properties R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 212 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Apply rule Selects to apply MISRA C rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler A WINDOW REFERENCE Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restricti
98. to radiation resistance design Please be sure to implement safety measures to guard them against the possibility of physical injury and injury or damage caused by fire in the event of the failure of a Renesas Electronics product such as safety design for hardware and software including but not limited to redundancy fire control and malfunction prevention appropriate treatment for aging degradation or any other appropriate measures Because the evaluation of microcomputer software alone is very difficult please evaluate the safety of the final products or systems manufactured by you Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office for details as to environmental matters such as the environmental compatibility of each Renesas Electronics product Please use Renesas Electronics products in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations that regulate the inclusion or use of controlled substances including without limitation the EU RoHS Directive Renesas Electronics assumes no liability for damages or losses occurring as a result of your noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations Renesas Electronics products and technology may not be used for or incorporated into any products or systems whose manufacture use or sale is prohibited under any applicable domestic or foreign laws or regulations You should not use Renesas Electronics products or technology described in this document for any purpose relating to military applications or use b
99. to set an address when adding or modifying a section Figure A 23 Section Address Dialog Box 0 Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Section Settings dialog box select an address in the address section area and then click the Add or Mod ify button Description of each area 1 Address Specify the start address of the section Directly enter the address in the text box or select from the button The range that can be specified for the value is 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number default 0 Function buttons Button Function When opening from the Add button in the Section Settings dialog box Closes this dialog box and adds the specified address to an appropriate location in the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box the section column remains empty When opening from the Modify button in the Section Settings dialog box Closes this dialog box and moves the section group an address and the sections allocated to the address to an appropriate location in the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box Cancel Cancels the settings and closes this dialog box Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 259 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Unassigned Section
100. used only A Z a z 0 9 _ dot Wildcard characters can also be used Note that numeric characters 0 to 9 and dot cannot be used at the beginning of a section name The following reserved sections are set in the drop down list bss const data text Function buttons Button Function Add Section dialog box Closes this dialog box and adds the specified section to the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box When there is no empty column in the section group an address and the sections allocated to the address where the specified section is to be included a new sec tion row is added to the bottom of the section group When there is an empty col umn the section is added there Modify Section dialog box Closes this dialog box and replaces the section name selected in the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box with the one specified Add Overlay dialog box Closes this dialog box and adds the Overlayn column n number starting with 1 to the address section area in the Section Settings dialog box Sets the specified section in the column that corresponds to the selected section group Cancel Cancels the settings and closes this dialog box Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 258 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Section Address dialog box This dialog box is used
101. 10 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs debugging Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files information This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the assembler This property is displayed only when No in the Build simultaneously property in the Build Method category from the Common Options tab is selected Default Yes debug How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes debug Outputs debugging information to object module files No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Suppress outputting Selects whether to suppress outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET data to unused area This corresponds to the create_unfilled_area option of the assembler made by OFFSET This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 03 00 or lower or when V2 03 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version prop erty Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Suppresses outputting data to the unused create_unfilled_area area made by OFFSET No Does not suppress outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET 3 List The detailed information on th
102. 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 9 Set Library Generate Options To set options for the library generator select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Library Generate Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various create library options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Caution This tab is not displayed for the library project Figure 2 66 Property Panel Library Generate Options Tab are es 4 CORK Popery Standard Liber Library coehgoiabon Cenhgeraton lia ary Eras uname library Erattes chipe hitii Era ias math 05505 Erasable math hitar Erali g HCS Enables sio HEACH Ergbiss sighb hiCeser ea Erastdes sting bi BENTH Enables icalEC Enables rar EC s Erabjes cores EC aa Enables sinag Obja Feth of tha owtput iijar Dupe Fla rama Crtani hictonil Seid viraa a lO foreo Creates thet reentrant liver Lhe same dhaibli sehinga 25 Conede Ophones tab Sesion rene of pengram area Sesion pane cf pongas mas Section nara cl initwliced dain aiwa Sesion nha of uti ited daw area Section name of nerd ae Section rane of sarki sigiement brach ible aren Generation mete althe standard brary Selects the geteratan mode of the aturdaed Ebraiy CEIS inet Coster head ac Supi Teathend uname ZU aoUn VE FE eto Cees 2 9 1 Set the output of a standard library file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Library Generate Optio
103. 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Division output file Specifies the division conversion file Specifies in the format of file name start address end address or file name section name with one file name per line Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example file2 mot 400 ffff To define multiple sections use a colon to separate each entry written as in file name section name section name example file1 mot stack istack The default extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute pat
104. 5536 items can be specified 3 Convert Load Module File The detailed information on converting the load module file are displayed and the configuration can be changed Load module file con Selects the load module file convert format vert format This corresponds to the form option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When No in the Divides load module file property in the Output category is selected Default S record file FOrm Stype How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Not convert Does not convert the output file Hex file FOrm Hexadeci Outputs a hex file mal S record file FOrm Stype Outputs a Motorola S type file Binary data file Outputs a binary data file FOrm Binary R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 123 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Unifies the record size Selects whether to output data with the specified data record regardless of the address range This corresponds to the record option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When
105. 6 Section A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies an address range where optimization is disabled Specifies in the format of address size with one per line The size part can be omitted Specifies an address or the size in the hexadecimal notation This option corresponds to the absolute_forbid option of the linker This property is not displayed when No optimize NOOPtimize in the Optimization type property is selected Default Address range to disable optimization number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified The detailed information on the section is displayed and the configuration can be changed Section start address Specifies the section start address This corresponds to the start option of the linker Default The peculiar value for the target device How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Section Settings dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 1022 characters The specified section that outputs externally defined symbols to the file Specifies the section start address Specifies in the format of section name with one section name per line This corresponds to the fsymbol option of
106. 8EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 81 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Description of each category 1 Source The detailed information on the source is displayed and the configuration can be changed Language of the C Selects language of the C source file source file This corresponds to the lang option of the compiler Default C C839 lang c How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction C C89 lang c Compiles as a C C89 source file C99 lang c99 Compiles as a C C99 source file Language of the C Selects language of the C source file source file This option corresponds to the lang option of the compiler Default C lang cpp How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction C lang cpp Compiles as an EC source file EC Compiles as a C source file lang ecpp Additional include Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file paths The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uc
107. 9 lang c99 in the Library configuration property and Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configuration library property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes head wctype Enables the wctype h C99 and runtime library No Disables the wctype h C99 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 173 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE 3 Object The detailed information on output files are displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library property in the Mode category Path of the output folder Specifies path of the output folder The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Wind
108. AS Page 221 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Changes the informa tion level messages to warning level mes sages A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message warning Changes all information level messages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt Error Number gt Changes the information level messages with the specified error numbers to warning level messages No Does not change the information level mes sages to warning level messages Error number of infor mation level message Specifies error number of information level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Chara
109. C n D TE 7 lt A 3 E D CENESAS CS Integrated Development Environment User s Manual CC RX Build Tool Operation Target Device RX Family All information contained in these materials including products and product specifications represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by Renesas Electronics Corp without notice Please review the latest information published by Renesas Electronics Corp through various means including the Renesas Electronics Corp website http www renesas com Renesas Electronics www renesas com Rev 1 00 2015 08 10 11 12 Notice Descriptions of circuits software and other related information in this document are provided only to illustrate the operation of semiconductor products and application examples You are fully responsible for the incorporation of these circuits software and information in the design of your equipment Renesas Electronics assumes no responsibility for any losses incurred by you or third parties arising from the use of these circuits software or information Renesas Electronics has used reasonable care in preparing the information included in this document but Renesas Electronics does not warrant that such information is error free Renesas Electronics assumes no liability whatsoever for any damages incurred by you resulting from errors in or omissions from the information included herein
110. C C source file A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the C C source file This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show source Outputs the C C source file No Does not output the C C source file Outputs the state ments unsatisfied in conditional assembly Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show condi tionals Outputs the statements unsatisfied in condi tional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa tion before DEFINE replacement Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes
111. CE Selects whether to enable C exceptional handling function try catch and throw This corresponds to the exception and noexception options of the compiler and library generator Default No noexception How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes exception Enables the exception handling function No noexception Disables the exception handling function Enables the C exceptional handling function dynamic_cast and typeid Selects whether to enable the C exceptional handling function dynamic_cast and typeid This corresponds to the rtti option of the compiler and library generator Default No rtti off How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes rttizon Enables dynamic_cast and typeid No rtti off Disables dynamic_cast and typeid General registers used only in fast interrupt functions Selects registers used only for fast interrupts If a register specified by this option has been specified by the base option an error will occur This corresponds to the fint_register option of the compiler and library generator fint_register option of the assembler Default None fint_register 0 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction None fint_register 0 No registers are used only for fast inter rupts R13 fint_register 1 R13 is used onl
112. DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used The detailed information on optimizations are displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library property in the Mode category R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 7tENESAS Page 178 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Use same optimiza Selects whether to make the optimization related settings match those of the Compile tion related settings as Options tab Compile Options tab Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Makes the optimization related settings match those of the Compile Options tab No Does not make the optimization related settings match those of the Compile Options tab Optimization level Selects optimization level This corresponds to the optimize option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default 2 optimize 2 How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction 0 optimize 0 Does not optimize the program 1 optimize 1 Partially optimizes the program by auto matically allocating variables to registers integrating the function exit blocks inte grating multiple instructions which can be integrated etc 2 optimize 2 Performs
113. DOW REFERENCE Selects whether to check the compatibility with an existing program This corresponds to the check option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes NC compiler check nc Checks the compatibility with the R8C and M16C family C compilers Yes H8 compiler check ch38 Checks the compatibility with the H8 H8S and H8SX family C C compilers Yes SH compiler check sh Checks the compatibility with the SuperH family C C compilers No Does not check the compatibility with an existing program Character code of an input program 2 Object Selects character code of an input program This corresponds to the euc sjis latin1 utf8 big5 and gob2312 option of the com piler option of the compiler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and
114. Edit Dialog Box TT Tea Edit Tast TEST E TIME 10 Enter the macro definition in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line You can specify up to 32767 characters per line up to 65535 line The string part can be omitted and in this case the macro name is assumed to be defined If you click the OK button the entered macro definitions are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 27 Macro definition Property After Setting Macros Source Language of the C source file CCHS ang c Language of the C source file CesUang cop t Additional include paths Additonal include patha l gt System include paths System include patha 1 Macro definition TIME 10 To change the macro definitions you can use the button or enter the path directly in the text box of the subproperty Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Macro definition property in the Frequently Used Options for Compile category on the Common Options tab R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 20 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 5 Set Assemble Options To set options for the assemble phase select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Assemble Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various assemble options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Figure 2 28 Property Panel Assemble Options Tab aa los t Syste incloda paths
115. FERENCE Selects handling of denormalized numbers in floating point constants This option does not affect the method of rounding for floating point operations during program execution This corresponds to the denormalize option of the compiler and library generator Default Handles as zeros denormalize off How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Handles as zeros denormalize off Handles denormalized numbers as zero Handles as they are denormalize on Handles denormalized numbers as they are Precision of the double type and long double type Selects precision of the double type and long double type This corresponds to the dbl_size option of the compiler and library generator Default Handles in single precision dbl_size 4 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Handles in single preci sion dbl_size 4 Handles the double type and long double type in single precision Handles in double preci sion dbl_size 8 Handles the double type and long double type in double precision Replaces the int type with the short type Selects whether to replace the int type with the short type This corresponds to the int_to_short option of the compiler and library generator Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes int_to_short Replaces the int type with th
116. ITT Endian Big endian data CRc Selects the CRC CCITT as a polyno mial expression and selects the BIG as an endian Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC CCITT Endian Little endian data CRc Selects the CRC CCITT as a polyno mial expression and selects the LITTLE as an endian Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC 16 Endian Automatic CRc Selects CRC 16 as a polynomial expression Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC 16 Endian Big endian data CRc Selects the CRC 16 as a polynomial expression and selects the BIG as an endian Yes Polynomial expres sion CRC 16 Endian Lit Selects the CRC 16 as a polynomial expression and selects the LITTLE as tle endian data CRc an endian No Does not generate the CRC code Output address Specifies the address where the result is output Specifies an address in hexadecimal This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When a choice other than No was made in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property Default 0 How to change Directly enter in
117. Install folder name How to Changes not allowed change Using compiler pack Selects the version of the compiler package to be used age version This setting is common to all the build modes Default Always latest version which was installed How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Always latest version Uses the latest version in the installed which was installed compiler packages Versions of the installed Uses the selected version in the compiler compiler packages package Latest compiler pack The version of the compiler package to be used when Always latest version which age version which was was installed is selected in the Using compiler package version property is dis installed played This setting is common to all the build modes This property is displayed only when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected Default The latest version of the installed compiler packages How to Changes not allowed change 12 Notes The detailed information on notes is displayed and the configuration can be changed Adds memos to the build tool Adds one item in one line This setting is common to all the build modes The added memos are displayed as the subproperty Default Memo number of items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button
118. M Tapped stion If you click the button the Text Edit dialog box will open R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 26 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 40 Text Edit Dialog Box Enter the section name in Text in the format of ROM section name RAM section name with one section name per line You can specify up to 32767 characters per line up to 65535 lines If you click the OK button the entered section names are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 41 ROM to RAM mapped section Property After Setting Sections a Sechon Section sleet addresse B_1 R_UB_2 R_2 B FSU S14 PRs An FA TE cs a a See ee ee oe ne ee ee ROM i RAM mappa stion ADM ic RAM mapped secin T2 DA _lsF_1 DA PeectD iran PeactiG ran ie Paectileramnf Poect eran 11 Pact fern 1 Poect 1 larami Dee Bec OT Deectittebsecti2 Cesacldebeect3 To change the section names you can use the button or enter them directly in the text box of the subprop erty b Set ROM sections and RAM sections overlaid sections Setting the sections is made with the Section start address property in the Section category Figure 2 42 Section start address Property b Section alignmend _ err eerie mo B ROH to RAM mapped section ROM to RAM mapped eectson 12 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 27 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS lt 1 gt Set ROM sections If you click the button the
119. MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after link processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed after link processing number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional options Inputs the link options to be added additionally The options set here are added at the end of the link options group Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the
120. Performs overall optimization Max optimize max Performs optimization as much as possible Outputs additional information for inter module optimization Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not outputs additional information for inter module optimization Optimization type R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects optimization type This correspon ds to the speed and size option of the compiler Default Optimizes with emphasis on code size size How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Optimizes with empha sis on execution per formance speed Optimizes with emphasis on execution per formance Optimizes with empha sis on code size size ztENESAS Optimizes with emphasis on code size Page 66 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs a source list Selects whether to output a source list file file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the compiler Default No nolistfile How to Select from the
121. RAM R11 base ram R11 Specifies R11 as the base register for RAM R12 base ram R12 Specifies R12 as the base register for RAM R13 base ram R13 Specifies R13 as the base register for RAM Address value of base Specifies the Address value of base register that sets the address value register that sets the This corresponds to the base option of the compiler and library generator base address value option of the assembler Default 00000000 hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 61 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Register of base regis ter that sets the address value Specifies the general register used as a fixed base address throughout the program When address value register C is specified accesses to an area within 64 Kbytes to 256 Kbytes from the address value among the areas whose addresses are already determined at the time of compilation are performed relative to the specified register c This corresponds to the base option of the compiler and library generator base option of the assembler Default None How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction None Does not specify the base register that sets the address value R8 base lt address value gt R8 Specifies R8 as the base register
122. Renesas Electronics does not assume any liability for infringement of patents copyrights or other intellectual property rights of third parties by or arising from the use of Renesas Electronics products or technical information described in this document No license express implied or otherwise is granted hereby under any patents copyrights or other intellectual property rights of Renesas Electronics or others You should not alter modify copy or otherwise misappropriate any Renesas Electronics product whether in whole or in part Renesas Electronics assumes no responsibility for any losses incurred by you or third parties arising from such alteration modification copy or otherwise misappropriation of Renesas Electronics product Renesas Electronics products are classified according to the following two quality grades Standard and High Quality The recommended applications for each Renesas Electronics product depends on the product s quality grade as indicated below Standard Computers office equipment communications equipment test and measurement equipment audio and visual equipment home electronic appliances machine tools personal electronic equipment and industrial robots etc High Quality Transportation equipment automobiles trains ships etc traffic control systems anti disaster systems anti crime systems and safety equipment etc Renesas Electronics products are neither intended nor autho
123. Schedules instructions taking into consid eration pipeline processing No noschedule Does not schedule instructions Optimizes accesses to external variables R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize accesses to external variables This corresponds to the nomap smap and map option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Optimizes the inner module smap Optimizes accesses to external variables which are defined in the file to be com piled Yes Optimizes the inter module map Optimizes accesses to external variables No nomap ztENESAS Disables optimization for accesses to external variables Page 209 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Perform inter module Specifies the level of inter module optimization such as function merging optimization This corresponds to the whole_program merge_files and ip_optimize option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from
124. Section Settings dialog box will open Figure 2 43 Section Settings Dialog Box If you click the Add button the Section Address dialog box will open Figure 2 44 Section Address Dialog Box Enter in Address the address of the ROM section to be added and click the OK button to add the entered address to Address in the Section Settings dialog box R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 28 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 45 Section Settings Dialog Box After ROM Section Addresses Are Added Click here and then cti the Add button Click the Section column on the added address row and click the Add button to open the Add Section dia log box Figure 2 46 Add Section Dialog Box Enter in Section name the name of the ROM section to be added and click the OK button to add the entered section to Section in the Section Settings dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 29 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 47 Section Settings Dialog Box After ROM Sections Are Added For other ROM sections set addresses and section names in the same way Remark Click the Address column and click the Add button to open the Section Address dialog box allowing you to add a new address Figure 2 48 Section Settings Dialog Box After Multiple ROM Sections Are Added OxFFFFAQOD OxFFFRAIOD xFFFFA2O R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS P
125. Specifies the output destination folder for the output file folder The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectName Replaces with the project name If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Object module file Specifies the name of the object module file generated after compilation name The extension other than obj cannot be specified If the extension is omitted obj is automatically added If this is blank the file name will be the source file name with the extension replaced by obj This corresponds to the output option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler p
126. UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 149 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Type of CRC Selects the method of CRC operation See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for details about each operation This corresponds to the CRc option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Yes CRc in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is selected When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is 2 04 00 or higher or when 2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default CCITT type How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction CCITT type Outputs the calculation result of CRC 16 CCITT MSB first opera tion with an initial value of Oxffff and inverse of XOR CRC CCITT MSB type Outputs the calculation result of CRC 16 CCITT MSB first opera tion CRC CCITT MSB LITTLE 4 Outputs the calculation result of bytes type CRC 16 CCITT MSB first opera tion with the input specified as 4 byte units in little endian mode CRC CCITT MSB LITTLE 2 Outputs the calculation result of bytes type CRC 16 CCITT MSB first opera tion with the input specified as 2 byte units in little endian mode CRC CCITT LSB type Outputs the calculation result of CRC 16 CCITT LSB first opera
127. W REFERENCE Selects whether to output a symbol name list in a module This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is not displayed when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow SYmbol Outputs a symbol information to the linkage list file No Does not output a symbol information to the linkage list file Outputs the number of symbol references Selects whether to output the number of symbol references This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is not displayed when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow Refer ence Outputs the number of symbol references to the linkage list file No Does not output the number of symbol refer ences to the linkage list file Outputs the cross ref erence information Selects whether to output the cross reference information This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is not displayed when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Ye
128. WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after library generator processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed after library generate processing number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional options Inputs the library generator options to be added additionally The options set here are added at the end of the librarian options group This property is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library property in the Mode category Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 The specified option is displayed This property is not displayed when Do not add a library file in the Generation mode of the standard library
129. a by OFFSET He List Outputs oe assente lisi Mie Opal mization Dupas adertional infprranion for icierrodule option Others Additional inche pee Species cid tonal icki prha Description of each category 1 Source The detailed information on the source is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 7tENESAS Page 242 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Additional include Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file paths The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the assembler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items
130. ackage version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 225 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Outputs debugging information A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug module files Outputs debugging information to object No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Section name of pro gram area Specifies the section name of program area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of con stant area Specifies the section name of constant area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Res
131. age 30 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS lt 2 gt Set RAM sections overlaid sections Click an added address and click the Add button to open the Section Address dialog box Figure 2 49 Section Address Dialog Box Enter in Address the address of the RAM section to be added and click the OK button to add the entered address to Address in the Section Settings dialog box Figure 2 50 Section Settings Dialog Box After RAM Section Addresses Are Added Click the added address row Address column or Section column and click the New Overlay button to open the Add Overlay dialog box Figure 2 51 Add Overlay Dialog Box Enter in Section name the name of the RAM section to be added and click the OK button to add the entered section to Section in the Section Settings dialog box R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 31 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 52 Section Settings Dialog Box After RAM Sections Are Added Add the sections to be allocated to the same address by using the New Overlay button in the same way The added sections are displayed under Overlay n n number starting with 1 Figure 2 53 Section Settings Dialog Box After Overlaid Sections Are Added For other RAM sections set addresses and section names in the same way Remark Click the Address column and click the Add but
132. age 46 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 77 Property Panel Individual Assemble Options Tab Suppren colputhns dale tc ucued araa m da by OFFSET L t Outpurs oe ascends list iie a Cpl mization Dupas adeitional inforragon for isier module operation TeProgec haere A preci nama Taboos Teal Pu Riplet h Be ibssleia palhs iha pisduci ipata folda B ae a Ean Re Breen etl cre You can set assemble options for the assembler source file by setting the necessary properties in this tab Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Assemble Options tab by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 47 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 12 Estimate the Stack Capacity To estimate the stack capacity use Call Walker Call Walker performs a static analysis and displays the symbols and their callers in a tree format as well as stack infor mation for each symbol symbol name attribute address size stack size and file name in list format To start Call Walker select Tool menu gt gt Startup Stack Usage Tracer To exit from Call Walker select Call Walker File menu gt gt Exit See Call Walker Help menu gt gt Help Topics for Call Walker operations R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 48 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE A WINDOW REFERENCE This appendix explains panels dialog boxes used in the build tool A 1 Description The follow
133. ally included check box before clicking the Browse button to add all paths under the specified one down to 5 levels to Path One path per one line If you click the OK button the entered include paths are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 24 Additional include paths Property After Adding Include Paths a Source Language 0 of the C source file een Project Dir To change the include paths you can use the button or enter the path directly in the text box of the subproperty When the include path is added to the project tree the path is added to the top of the subproperties automatically Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Additional include paths property in the Frequently Used Options for Compile category on the Common Options tab 2 4 4 Seta macro definition Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel The macro definition setting is made with the Macro definition property in the Source category Figure 2 25 Macro definition Property 4 Source Language of the C source file CICHSW4ang c Language of the C source file C 4Jang cop gt Additional include paths Additional include pathe 0 b Seen pin Smem mide a If you click the button the Text Edit dialog box will open R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 19 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 26 Text
134. alog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 186 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Commands executed after library generate processing A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the command to be executed after library generator processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LibraryFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under the library generator processing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder
135. alue This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When a choice other than Not convert was made in the Load module file convert format property and when a convert file name in the Division conversion file property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Random Fills the unused areas in the output SPace Random ranges with random values Yes Specification value Fills the unused areas in the output SPace lt numerical value gt ranges with user specified hexadecimal value No Does not fill the unused areas in the output ranges with data R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 127 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output padding data Specifies the output padding data This corresponds to the space option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lo
136. an allocate multiple sections defined in a program to the same address The sections allocated in this way are called overlaid sections The debug tool provides a function to select the debug target section from the overlaid sections priority sections allo cated to the same address The function is called overlaid section selection function A load module using overlaid sections can be debugged with switching of the priority section before program execution The method for generating a load module to use the overlaid section selection function is shown below 1 Copy the ROM area contents to RAM Copy the ROM area contents to the RAM area to expand the code and data in the RAM 2 Set build options Set the ROM to RAM mapped sections and overlaid sections to use the overlaid section selection function Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Link Options tab on the Property panel a Set ROM to RAM mapped sections Setting the ROM to RAM mapped sections is made with the ROM to RAM mapped section property in the Section category This reserves the RAM section with the same size as that of the ROM section and relocates the symbols defined in the ROM section to addresses in the RAM section Figure 2 39 ROM to RAM mapped section Property a Section Sechon slari address B_1 R_UB_2 R_2 6 FSU SU PR PRG FF PADORLC_ 1 2c Cs b Dane eatemally dedined symbols to the fle Sm pn ner et pelea emery eed ste haia RIM le RA
137. and library generator Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes save_acc Saves and restores ACC using the inter rupt function No ztENESAS Does not save and restore ACC using the interrupt function Page 62 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE 3 PIC PID The detailed information on the PIC PID function is displayed and the configuration can be changed Enables the PIC func Selects whether to enable the PIC position independent code function tion In PIC all function calls are performed with BSR or BRA instructions When acquiring the address of a function a relative address from the PC should be used This allows PIC to be located at a desired address after linkage This option corresponds to the pic option of the compiler and library generator pic option of the assembler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes pic Enables the PIC function No Disables the PIC function Enables the PID func Selects whether to enable the PID position independent data function tion The constant area sections C C_2 and C_1 the literal section L and the switch statement branch table sections W W_2 and W_1 are handled as PID position inde pendent data PID can be accessed through a relative address from the PID register This corresponds to the pid option of the compiler and library ge
138. and the FDIV instruction This corresponds to the nouse_div_inst option of the compiler Default Yes How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Generates code in which DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used No nouse_div_inst ztENESAS Generates code in which no DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used Page 91 of 266 CS Character code of an output assembly lan guage file 3 Quality Improvement A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects character code of an output assembly language file This corresponds to the outcode option of the compiler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code outcode utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When C C839 lang c in the Language of the C source file property in the Source category is selected
139. anges Be ivboreaior level messo Owain iee messages Changes fhe ithereation eyel anc waaie messages jo am maces Fermis commen iP Vi negheg Chezka ha compii bility wif an acoshes program Character cede el on ingrel piagam a Chbpect Dipu fle trpe Object fle reme Dupara debugging iriorratien Siton nana l pregar aiia Section mame ol onia en edion rane ol inialiged deta are Secon rene of unitaire cote ones Secson nana of liera mes Dpc Hm macro defheron in ha kenal ol nace nemadfeds khing wth ona par hna This qomesponde 0 the deina option of tha pongia You can set compile options for the C source file by setting the necessary properties in this tab Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Compile Options tab by default 3 When setting assemble options for an assembler source file Select an assembler source file on the project tree and select the Build Settings tab on the Property panel In the Build category if you select Yes on the Set individual assemble option property the Message Dialog Box is displayed Figure 2 75 Set individual assemble option Property APE OU SURE YOU lant bo se The cument assemble options to the individual seserble optio for all bulk modes E Mo amp medel copy the cured buki mode golimi oity eS eS Ce oe If you click the Yes button in the dialog box the Individual Assemble Options tab will be displayed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS P
140. arate each entry written as in file name section name section name example file1 abs sec1 sec2 Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example file2 abs 400 ffff If the extension is omitted abs is automatically added The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder If this is blank it is assumed that ProjectName abs has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Divides load module file property is selected Default Specifies divide output file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 1024 items can be specified Outputs the external Selects whether to output the external symbol allocation information file symbol allocation This corresponds to the map option of the linker information file Default When Yes Optimizes the inter module map in the Optimizes accesses to external variables property in the Optimization cate gory from the Compile Options tab is selected Yes Map Other than above No How to Select from the drop d
141. ard in the C standard library Configuration library Selects the configuration library This corresponds to the head option of the library generator Default Custom head lt SubOption gt How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Custom Specifies a configuration library head lt SubOption gt All enable Specifies all library functions and runtime head all library All disable Does not specify a configuration library head runtime Enables runtime Selects whether to enable runtime library library This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default Yes head runtime How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes head runtime Enables the runtime library No Disables the runtime library R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 169 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Enables ctype h C89 C99 A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to enable ctype h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head ctype Enables the ctype h C89 C99 and run
142. as build target property Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Sets a compile option that differs from the project set tings to the selected assembler source file No Does not set a compile option that differs from the project settings to the selected assembler source file File type Displays the type of the selected file Default C source when C source file is selected C source when C source file is selected Assembly source file when assembler source file is selected Object when object module file is selected Library when library file is selected Changes not allowed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 190 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Individual Compile Options C tab This tab shows the detailed information on a C source file categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Compile Options tab If the settings are changed from the Compile Options tab the properties are displayed in boldface Remark This tab is displayed only when Yes in the Set individual compile option property in the Build category from the Build Settings tab is selected 1 Source 2 Object 3 Quality Improvement 4 List 5 Optimization 6 Output File 7 MISRA C rule check 8 Others Figure A 14 Property Panel Indivi
143. ation can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 75 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Build simultaneously Selects whether to generate the load module file by compiling assembling linking mul tiple files simultaneously The files with the individual build options and files to be executed prior to the build are excluded from running a build simultaneously See 2 2 1 Running simultaneous build for details about running a build simultane ously This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Compiles assembles and links multiple files simulta neously No Compiles assembles and links for each file Build in parallel Selects whether to enable the parallel build facility The parallel build facility enables CS to compile assemble multiple source files in parallel using all processors mounted on the computer This speeds up compilation assemble In addition parallel build between projects can be set by selecting Tool menu gt gt Option and then making a setting in the General Build category of the Option dia log box See 2 2 2 Running paralle
144. ation level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker sages Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message i nformation Changes all warning level messages to the information level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message i nformation lt Error Number gt Changes the warning level messages with the specified error numbers to the information level messages No Does not change the warning level messages to the information level messages Error number of warn ing level message Specifies error number of warning level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level messages to information level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Aug 01 2015 Page 163 of 266 CS Changes the informa tion level messages to wa
145. ation with the execution speed precedence 0 cece tee ee 18 2 4 3 Aad aniinclude path occ 3 hi wt iad Si eee et hee ee ie ee Ge a ae ee ee 18 2 4 4 seta macro derinitions 24 caste aa eh stead eed aati a Gok ene ba aie eto as eh ange as Oe ae 19 2 5 Set Assemble Options ei srt tg eee Sach eh bac Muah ceed eaaa a tor saad tines tied a cote gg Beta ade 21 2 5 1 Addian include path 230 002 4546 iE doe EUa tek ieee a ari ty we dea oniaad ada 2 21 2 5 2 Seta Macro devinition oste rere beh oe ed a Ae ee ka De GY ee a de ie ee 23 2 6 Set Link OptionSvi07 fa oes sa Be eee He ee a ee Se dey ee Yee ees Pe av 24 2 6 1 Add a user librai y isai e easier eh Se i ae le es ed i ee ee 25 2 6 2 Prepare for using the overlaid section selection function 000 0c 26 2 7 Set Hex Output Options sssi eased cara Soe eee eke ee eee A Dee eA Bone aoa Re 35 2 7 1 Set the output of anex file ik otk ee ed thee cee ges Bae hee 35 2 7 2 Fill the vacantarea tic d Sects ities ob ade Seti een do ee ba obde baat ects 36 2 8 Set Librarian Options reai eie a SE is aed ed See ee 39 2 8 1 Set the output of a library file 0 0 eee eens 39 2 9 Set Library Generate Options 0 0 eens 41 2 9 1 Set the output of a standard library fille 0 2 anaana aaa 41 2 10 Preparation before Using the PIC PID Function 0 0 cece tte eee 43 2 11 Set Build Options Separately 2 0 ken ete 44 2 11 1 Set build options at the project level 2
146. ays the list of the system include paths in the specified sequence for the compiler The default order is the order that the files are registered to the project By changing the display order of the paths you can set the specified order of the paths to the compiler To change the display order use the Up and Down buttons or drag and drop the path names Remark 1 Move the mouse cursor over a file name to display a tooltip with the absolute path of that file Remark 2 Newly added system include paths are added next to the last path of the list Remark 3 When the path names are dragged and dropped the multiple path names which are next to each other can be selected together b Button Moves the selected path to up Moves the selected path to down Remark Note that above buttons are disabled when any path is not selected R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 250 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Function buttons Button Function OK Sets the specified order of the paths to the compiler as the display order in the Path list display area and closes this dialog box Cancel Cancels the specified order of the paths and closes the dialog box Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 251 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Specify Rule Number dialog box This dialog box is used to select the number of th
147. b is selected This corresponds to the whole_program merge_files and ip_optimize options of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Level 3 Perform with assuming it the whole program whole_program Performs inter module optimization assuming that the source files comprise the entire program However operation is not guaranteed if the preconditions are not met See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for details about the preconditions Yes Level 2 Perform with merging files merge_files ip_optimize Merges two or more C source files and performs inter module optimization This item is displayed only when two or more source files are added to the proj ect Yes Level 1 Perform ip_optimize Performs inter module optimization for each file No Does not perform inter module optimiza tion Converts floating point constant division into multiplication R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to convert floating point constant division into multiplication of the corr
148. b is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property A WINDOW REFERENCE Default MISRA C 2012 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction MISRA C 2012 Settings for MISRA C 2012 are made in the subsequent properties MISRA C 2004 Settings for MISRA C 2004 are made in the subsequent properties Apply rule R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects to apply MISRA C rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This option corresponds to the misra20 XX option of the compiler Default Not apply rule How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Apply all rules misra20XX all Checks the source code against all of the rules that are supported Apply specified rule number misra20XX apply Checks the source code against the rules with the selected numbers Ignore specified rule number misra20XX ignore Checks the source code against the rules other than those with the selected numbers Apply rules that are classified as required misra20XX required Checks the source code against the rules of the required type Apply rules that are classified as required and speci fied rule number misra20XX required _add Checks the source code against the rules of the required type and
149. bproperty Set the method for filling the vacant area Set the method for filling the vacant area in the output range Fill the vacant area with random numbers Select Yes Random SPace Random in the Fill unused areas in the output ranges with the value property in the Hex Format category Figure 2 62 Fill unused areas in the output ranges with the value Property 4 Hex Fonmat Hex file format Meterala 5 type file FOm Stype R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 37 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS b Specify data to fill the vacant area Select Yes Specification value SPace lt Numerical value gt in the Fill unused areas in the output ranges with the value property in the Hex Format category The Output padding data property will be displayed Figure 2 63 Fill unused areas in the output ranges with the value and Output padding data Property a Hex Fomai Hex file format Motors type file Fonm2 Stype Yer Specticalion value K SPace lt Mumencal vahu E FF Outguis the calodalion raulo CAC Me Duput S3 record at the end He Suppress cuiputing data lo unuied area made by OFFSET Mo Enter the fill value for the vacant area directly in the text box The range that can be specified for the value is 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number FF is set by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 RENESAS Page 38 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 8 Set Librarian Options To set options
150. ces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name AssembledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under assem bling BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name lnputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be assembled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after assemble processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed after assemble processing number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears
151. change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff D Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates const quali fied variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff C Allocates const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates switch state ment branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary align ment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff W Allocates switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No ztENESAS Does not allocate switch statement branch tables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions Page 90 of 266 Adjustment for instruc tion in branch A WINDOW REFERENCE
152. cifies the maximum byte count for a data record for a data record This corresponds to the byte_count option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes BYte_count in the Specifies byte count for data record property is specified Default FF hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 1 to FF hexadecimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 147 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Outputs the calculation result of CRC R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to generate CRC code This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is displayed only when Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal or S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format property is selected The following item is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Yes CRc The following items are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is s
153. configuration of the current tab to the default configuration of the project For the Individual Compile Options C tab Individual Compile Options C tab and Individual Assemble Options tab restores to the configuration of the general option R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 52 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Common Options tab This tab shows the detailed information on the build tool categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Build Mode CPU PIC PID Output File Type and Path Frequently Used Options for Compile Frequently Used Options for Assemble Frequently Used Options for Link Frequently Used Options for Hex Output Frequently Used Options for Librarian 0 Build Method 1 Version Select 2 Notes 3 P 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 P P 13 Others Remark If the property in the Frequently Used Options category is changed the value of the property having the same name contained in the corresponding tab will be changed accordingly Category from Common Options Tab Corresponding Tab Frequently Used Options for Compile category Compile Options tab Frequently Used Options for Assemble category Assemble Options tab Frequently Used Options for Link category Link Options tab Frequently Used Options for Hex Output category Hex O
154. ct name This option corresponds to the ignore_files_misra option of the compiler This option is not display when Not apply rule in the Apply rule property has been specified Default Rule check exclusion file number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Outputs message of the enhanced key word and extended specifications Selects whether to output message of the enhanced key word and extended specifi cations This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This option corresponds to the check_language_extension option This option is not display when Not apply rule in the Apply rule property has been specified Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes check_language_ext ension Enables complete checking against the MISRA C rules for parts of the code where it would otherwise be suppressed due to indi vidual extensions from the C C language specification Disables complete checking against the MISRA C rules for parts of the code where it would otherwise be suppressed due to indi vidual extensions from the C C language specification 8 Others Other detailed information on compilation is displayed and
155. ctName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the file_inline option of the compiler The file name is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When No in the Use same optimization related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Files for inter file inline expansion number of defined items How to change Click the button to open the Path Edit dialog box gt Edit by the Add Inline Expansion File dialog box which appears when clicking the Browse button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction ztENESAS Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Page 181 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Expansion method of Selects expansion method of the switch statement the switch statement This corresponds to the case option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is se
156. cter String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning level messages to error level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message error Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt Error Number gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error numbers to error level messages ztENESAS No Does not change the warning level messages to information level messages Page 222 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Error number of infor Specifies error number of information level and warning level message mation level and warn If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example ing level message 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_messag
157. ction Yes gopti Outputs additional information for inter module mize optimization No Does not output additional information for inter module optimization on assembly is displayed and the configuration can be changed Selects whether to check for a privileged instruction This corresponds to the chkpm option of the assembler Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkpm Checks for a privileged instruction No Does not check for a privileged instruction Checks for a floating point operation instruc Selects whether to check for a floating point operation instruction This corresponds to the chkfpu option of the assembler tion Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkfpu Checks for a floating point operation instruction No Does not check for a floating point operation instruc tion Checks for a DSP instruction Selects whether to check for a DSP instruction This corresponds to the chkdsp option of the assembler Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkdsp Checks for a DSP instruction No Does not check for a DSP instruction Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corr
158. ctions Selects whether to allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff B Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff D Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates const quali fied variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff C Allocates const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections
159. ctly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Using libraries Specifies an input library file The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder This corresponds to the library option of the linker The library file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Input library file number of defined items How to change Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System library file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Changes the specified order of the library files which the system set during linking The specified
160. d build is selected the build is started when the adtad source Sle is saved As 5 recut fe buid i wiscied in parallel et ehbeg When raped build ip pelected wi recommend smg fle yith Chi 5 ster the fle echt is completed E Python Coracte Show dependency files in propect ee El Text Eiio Op giy report file when bild is successful a Upin Stop buld when the nomber of eror exceed the lime Others ak iT User Inonmaaon Skip build whan the dependent projects has baili miraa Timing of updsting dependencies fy dhe Firat build Enable pargllel bald irang projeti indajze Settings In addition select Yes in the Build in parallel property in the Common Options tab on the Property panel Remark When there are dependencies between projects set the dependencies between the projects cor rectly before using the parallel build facility If a parallel build is performed for the main project and subprojects without the dependencies being set build is performed in parallel regardless of the build order of the projects R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 10 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS For details on setting the dependencies between projects see CS Integrated Development Envi ronment User s Manual Project Operation 2 3 Set the Type of the Output File Set the type of the file to be output as the product of the build 1 For the application project A load module file is generated The l
161. d option Specifies the display format of the build option list list This applies to the options of the build tool to be used and commands added by plugins It does not apply to the options of commands specified in the Commands executed before build processing or Commands executed after build processing property The following placeholders are supported Program Replaces with the program name under execution Options Replaces with the command line option under build execution TargetFiles Replaces with the file name being built If this is blank it is assumed that TargetFiles Program Options will be set automatically Default TargetFiles Program Options How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 256 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 78 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Commands executed before build process ing A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the command to be executed before build processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of t
162. d select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel To perform optimization with the code size precedence select Optimizes with emphasis on code size size on the Optimization type property in the Optimization category Figure 2 20 Optimization type Property Code Size Precedence Dpimizaton level F pptamize2 2 Optimizes wah emphase on code sine aze R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 17 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Optimization type property in the Frequently Used Options for Compile category on the Common Options tab 2 4 2 Perform optimization with the execution speed precedence Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel To perform optimization with the execution speed precedence select Optimizes with emphasis on execution perfor mance speed on the Optimization type property in the Optimization category Figure 2 21 Optimization type Property Execution Speed Precedence a Opbimization be eee level F opemize2 7 Drin mmizabon type Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Optimization type property in the Frequently Used Options for Compile category on the Common Options tab 2 4 3 Add an include path Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel The include
163. de with the Output file name property by directly entering to the text box Up to 259 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name ProjectName mot is set by default 2 Set the hex file format Select the format in the Hex file format property in the Hex Format category Figure 2 58 Hex file format Property Unify record size Mo Dutputs the calculation result of CAC Ma Duiput 59 record at the end Mea Suppress oulpubting data to unused area made by OFFSET Na You can select any of the formats below Format Configuration Intel HEX file FOrm Hexadecimal Outputs an Intel HEX file Motorola S record file FOrm Stype Outputs a Motorola S record file Binary file FOrm Binary Outputs a binary file Remark See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for details about the Intel Hex file and Motorola S record file 2 7 2 Fill the vacant area Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel 1 Set the hex file output range The setting of the hex file output range is made with the Division output file property in the Output File category Figure 2 59 Division output file Property 4 Output File Dutput hex file Yas nn a T Pe
164. deName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Output file name Specifies an output file name If the extension is omitted abs is automatically added The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name If this is blank it is assumed that ProjectName abs has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker Default ProjectName abs How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 120 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Division output file Specifies the divided output file Specifies in the format of file name start address end address or file name section name with one file name per line To define multiple sections use a colon to sep
165. down list change Restriction Yes output src Outputs the assembly source file of the com pile result for the C source No Does not output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source Output preprocessed Selects whether to output the execution result of preprocessing for the source file to a source file file This corresponds to the output prep noline option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes output prep Outputs the execution result of preprocessing for the source file to a file Yes Suppress Outputs the execution result of preprocessing line output prep Suppress line for the source file to a file noline No Does not output the execution result of pre processing for the source file to a file 7 MISRA C rule check The detailed information on the MISRA C rule check are displayed and the configuration can be changed 20XX in the following table corresponds to 2012 or 2004 in particular R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 102 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS MISRA C specification Selects the MISRA C specification This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options ta
166. drop down list change Restriction Yes lisfile Outputs a source list file No nolistfile Disable output of a source list file Outputs the C C Specifies the contents of the source list file source file Selects whether to output the C C source file This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show source Outputs the C C source file No Does not output the C C source file Outputs the state Specifies the contents of the source list file ments unsatisfied in Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show condition Outputs the statements unsatisfied in con als ditional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa Specifies the contents of the source list file tion before DEFINE Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement replacement This corresponds to the show option of the
167. drop down list change Restriction Yes OPtimize Branch Optimizes branch instruction size accord ing to program allocation information No Does not optimize branch instruction size R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 133 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Unreferenced symbol that disables deletion by optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the unreferenced symbol that disables deletion by optimization Specifies in the format of symbol name with one symbol name per line This option corresponds to the symbol_forbid option of the linker This property is not displayed when No optimize NOOPtimize in the Optimization type property is selected Default Unreferenced symbol that disables deletion by optimization number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Same code that dis ables unification regarding optimization Specifies the same code that disables unification regarding optimization Specifies in the format of function name with one function name per line This option corresponds to the samecode_forbid option of the linker This property is not displayed when No optimize NOOPtimize in the Optimization type property is selected Defaul
168. dual Compile Options C Tab a Dome Getinge D Adibcral onclecs patho Additional imcha perth ll Liai abet ito palia eee kai burki ied Yea r chote fles H the head of connpeling orita Include Files af the hesi d comping inti P Moutin haoro defintion Di Imad he pmebrinsi mery Erabilia orion matior level mang age cetput he norsseape Bopita the monber of aloe maboe lenel maeri ape Charges Be wartitg level messages io atkettabe level reaaages Mo henges Be vboreation evel ramenages io wurang ievel messes Mo Changes fhe niumaiorieal sod warniegdevel messages bosra h Ho Feriis commeani 0 i neshag Hojleorarari mons Cheska the compidbiliy wi an iaahsg program Charoetes soda al ant inpli haci Dup fle tpe Object fle rema Dupin dabuggisg icicematicn Seton hana of pogan aie Secon ran a conha aren Secon rane ol iniialized data area Sesion pane cl uwisa ca ares Section nane of lterg aren Section hana oi ratih ataterant branch table iras Afoa uniretiakned variables to A be bourdany Bigne geckos Mo Aerie iiae variables io 4 byie bunian Siptari sections Mo ADncaies cossi qualied yarisbles inu byte boundary abgunert send Ho Langage of the C source fie Cadet Liregeaigpe c h C iai Be Tha corseponda to tha lang option of tha corpia R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 191 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Description of each category 1 Source The detailed information on the source is displayed and
169. e and do while This corresponds to the loop option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization level and zation level and optimi optimization type options zation type options Expansion Expands loop statements for while and loop lt numeric value gt do while Expansion maximum Specifies expansion maximum number number This corresponds to the suboption of loop option of the library generator This property is displayed only in the following cases When Expansion loop lt numeric value gt in the Loop expansion property is selected When No in the Use same optimization related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default 2 decimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 1 to 32 decimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 180 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Performs inline expan sion automatically A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to perform inline expansion automatically This option corresponds to the inline and noinline option of the library generator This property
170. e auto_enum option of the compiler and library generator Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes auto_enum Processes the enumerated data qualified by enum as the minimum data type with which the enumeration value can fit in No Processes the enumeration type size as the signed long type Order of bit field mem bers Selects order of bit field members This correspon ds to the bit_order option of the compiler and library generator Default Allocates from right bit_order right How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Allocates from left Allocates members from the upper bit bit_order left Allocates from right bit_order right Allocates members from the lower bit Assumes the bound ary alignment value for structure members is 1 Selects whether to assume the boundary alignment value for structure members is 1 This corresponds to the pack and unpack options of the compiler and library genera tor Default No unpack How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes pack Assumes the boundary alignment value for structure members is 1 No unpack Follows the boundary alignment R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 58 of 266 CS Enables C excep tional handling func tion try catch and throw A WINDOW REFEREN
171. e MISRA C rule and set it to the area that this dialog box is called from Figure A 18 Specify Rule Number Dialog Box Specify the Rule Number Select tams Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Property panel select the following properties and then click the button From the Compile Options tab Rule number Exclusion rule number Check rule number besides required rule Exclusion rule number from required rule in the MISRA C Rule Check category From the Individual Compile Options C tab Rule number Exclusion rule number Check rule number besides required rule Exclusion rule number from required rule in the MISRA C Rule Check category Description of each area 1 Select items The list of the MISRA C rule numbers which can be specified for the area that this dialog box is called from is dis played ascending order Select the check boxes to set the rule number Remark In the area that this dialog box is called from if a rule number is already set the check box for that rule number will be selected by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 252 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Function buttons Button Function OK Closes this dialog box and sets the selected rule number to the area that this dialog box is called
172. e absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed before compile processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 106 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed after compile processing after c
173. e error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Path to the folder that Specifies path to the folder that stores a file for inter file inline expansion stores a file for inter The following placeholders are supported file inline expansion ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed when Alway
174. e list is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is displayed only when No in the Build simultaneously property in the Build Method category from the Common Options tab is selected Outputs a assemble Selects whether to output an assemble list file list file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the assembler Default No nolistfile How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes listfile Outputs an assemble list file No nolistfile Does not output an assemble list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 111 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 4 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Outputs the state ments unsatisfied in conditional assembly A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show condi tionals Outputs the statements unsatisfied in condi tional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly Outputs the informa tion before DEFINE replacement Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects wh
175. e path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 240 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed after compile processing after compile process Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat ing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name Com
176. e short type and the unsigned int type with the unsigned short type Does not replace the int type with the short type and the unsigned int type with the unsigned short type Sign of the char type R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects sign of the char type with no sign specification This corresponds to the signed_char and unsigned_char options of the compiler and library generator Default Handles as unsigned char unsigned_char How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Handles as signed char signed_char Handles the char type as signed char Handles as unsigned char unsigned_char ztENESAS Handles the char type as unsigned char Page 57 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Sign of the bit field type Selects sign of the bit field type with no sign specification This corresponds to the signed_bitfield and unsigned_bitfield options of the compiler and library gen erator Default Handles as unsigned unsigned_bitfield How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Handles as signed Handles the sign of a bit field as signed signed_bitfield Handles as unsigned unsigned_bitfield Handles the sign of a bit field as unsigned Selects the enumera tion type size automat ically Selects whether to automatically selects the enumeration type size This corresponds to th
177. e source This corresponds to the output src option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes output src Outputs the assembly source file of the com pile result for the C source No Does not output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source Output preprocessed Selects whether to output the execution result of preprocessing for the source file to a source file file This corresponds to the output prep noline option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes output prep Outputs the execution result of preprocess ing for the source file to a file Yes Suppress line Outputs the execution result of preprocess output prep noline ing suppress line for the source file to a file No Does not output the execution result of pre processing for the source file to a file 7 Others Other detailed information on compilation is displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corresponds to the nologo option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables outpu
178. ead instalign4 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop Execution in 8 bytes instalign8 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Execution in 8 bytes Contains each loop head instalign8 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 8 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign8 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 228 of 266 CS Generates divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to generate divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction This corresponds to the nouse_div_inst option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Generates code in which DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used No nouse_div_inst Generates code in which no DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used Character code of an output assembly lan guage file 3 Quality Improvement Selects character code of an output assembly language file This corresponds to the outcode option of the com
179. ead lt SubOption gt in the Configuration library property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes head fenv Enables the fenv h C99 and runtime library No Disables the fenv h C99 Enables Selects whether to enable inttypes h C99 inttypes h C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when C99 lang c99 in the Library configuration property and Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configuration library property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes head inttypes Enables the inttypes h C99 and runtime library No Disables the inttypes h C99 Enables wchar h C99 Selects whether to enable wchar h C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when C99 lang c99 in the Library configuration property and Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configuration library property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes head wchar Enables the wchar h C99 and runtime library No Disables the wchar h C99 Enables Selects whether to enable wctype h C99 wctype h C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when C9
180. ecifies the name of the object module file generated after compilation name The extension other than obj cannot be specified If the extension is omitted obj is automatically added If this is blank the file name will be the source file name with the extension replaced by obj This corresponds to the output option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 198 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Outputs debugging information A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug module files Outputs debugging information to object No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Section name of pro gram area Specifies the section name of program area This correspon ds to the
181. ect from the drop down list change Restriction Intel expanded hex file Outputs a Intel expanded hex file FOrm Hexadecimal Motorola S type file Outputs a Motorola S type file FOrm Stype Binary file Outputs a binary file FOrm Binary R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 73 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output folder Specifies path of the output folder The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output he
182. ected in the Using compiler package version property When C C89 lang c in the Language of the C source file property is selected Default SJIS code sjis How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code euc Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using EUC SJIS code sjis Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using SJIS ISO Latin1 code latin1 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using ISO Latin1 UTF 8 code utf8 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using UTF 8 Traditional Chi nese character big5 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Traditional Chi nese character Simplified Chi nese character gb2312 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Simplified Chi nese character The detailed information on object is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 87 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Output file type A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects the type of the output file to be generated during a build This corresponds to the output option of the compiler Default Object module file output obj How to
183. ected in the dialog box from this area If no sections are left in the section group the section group itself is deleted When selecting a section in this area Deletes the selected section from this area If no sections are left in the section group the section group itself is deleted If no section names are left in the Overlayn column the column itself is deleted Note that this button is disabled when the selected sell is blank Moves up the selected section However if the column above the selected section is blank no move can be made Input in advance a section name to the above column Note that this button is disabled when an address is selected or a blank section col umn is selected Moves down the selected section However if the column below the selected section is blank no move can be made Input in advance a section name to the column below Note that this button is disabled when an address is selected or a blank section col umn is selected Opens the Select Import File dialog box Acquires the section settings from the file specified in the dialog box and updates this area to reflect the acquired settings Opens the Select Export File dialog box Outputs the contents of this area to the file specified in the dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 255 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Function buttons Button Function OK Reflects the specifi
184. ections No Does not display the total sizes of sections Displays the copyright Selects whether to display the copyright information information This corresponds to the logo and nologo option of the linker Default No NOLOgo How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes LOgo Displays the total sizes of sections No NOLOgo Does not display the total sizes of sections Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before link processing before link processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LinkedFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under link process ing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces
185. ections Outputs vector infermaton To output the linkage list file select Yes List contents specify LISt in the Outputs the linkage list file property When outputting the linkage list file you can select the contents of the linkage list output by the linker a When outputting a symbol name list in a module Select Yes SHow SYmbol in the Outputs a symbol name list in a module property b When outputting the number of symbol references Select Yes SHow Reference in the Outputs the number of symbol references property c When outputting the cross reference information Select Yes SHow Xreference in the Outputs the cross reference information property d When outputting the total sizes of sections Select Yes SHow Total_size in the Shows the total sizes of sections property R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 15 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS e When outputting vector information Select Yes SHow VECTOR in the Outputs vector information property 2 For the relocatable module file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel The setting to output the linkage list file is made with the List category Figure 2 17 Outputs the linkage list file Property Outputs the linkage list file Yas List contests lt specyW LISt Outputs a symbol name list in a module Ho Dutputs the cross reference informa
186. ed BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Apply rules that are described in the specified file misra20XX lt file name gt in the Apply rule property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Misra20XxX Rule File dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters 2tENESAS Page 213 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Rule number Specifies the rule number This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Apply specified rule number misra20XX apply in the Apply rule property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Exclusion rule number Specifies the exclusion rule number This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule n
187. ed This property is usable only in the Professional Edition specifications This option corresponds to the check_language_extension option This option is not display when Not apply rule in the Apply rule property has been specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Enables complete checking against the check_language_ext MISRA C rules for parts of the code where it ension would otherwise be suppressed due to indi vidual extensions from the C C language specification Disables complete checking against the MISRA C rules for parts of the code where it would otherwise be suppressed due to indi vidual extensions from the C C language specification 8 Others Other detailed information on compilation is displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corresponds to the nologo option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables output of the copyright R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 215 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the cross ref Selects whether to output cross reference information erence information It is necessary to change the setting of the pro
188. ed information on frequently used options during linking is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is not displayed for the library project R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Aug 01 2015 Page 70 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Using libraries Specifies an input library file The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This corresponds to the library option of the linker The library file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Input object module file number of defined items How to change Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Outputs debugging information Specifies whether debugging information is output This corresponds to the nodebug sdebug and debug options of the linker Default Yes Outputs to the output file DEBug How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Outputs to the out put file DEBug Outputs a debugging information to the output file Yes Outputs to lt output file name gt dbg file SDebug Outputs a debugging information to lt
189. ed section to the text box that opened this dialog box and closes this dialog box Cancel Cancels the settings and closes this dialog box Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 256 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Add Section dialog box Modify Section dialog box Add Overlay dialog box These dialog boxes are used to set a section name when adding modifying or overlaying a section respectively Figure A 20 Add Section Dialog Box 1 gt Function buttons 1 4 Function buttons 1 Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open Add Section dialog box On the Section Settings dialog box select a section in the address section area and then click the Add but ton Modify Section dialog box On the Section Settings dialog box select a section in the address section area and then click the Modify button Add Overlay dialog box On the Section Settings dialog box click the New Overlay button R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 257 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Description of each area 1 Section name Specify the section name Directly enter the section name in the text box or select from the drop down list The following characters can be
190. elected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction No Outputs various data records accord ing to each address Yes S1 record Outputs the S1 record for the data REcord S1 records Yes S2 record Outputs the S2 record for the data REcord S2 records Yes S3 record Outputs the S3 record for the data REcord S3 records R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 124 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Divides the conversion Selects whether to divide the conversion file file This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When a choice other than Not convert was made in the Load module file convert format property Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Divides the conversion file No Does not divide the conversion file Path of the conversion Specifies path of the conversion file output folder file output folder The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name P
191. elected in the Using compiler package version property Yes Polynomial expression CRC CCITT Endian Automatic CRc Yes Polynomial expression Yes Yes Polynomial expression Yes Polynomial expression Yes Polynomial expression Polynomial expression CRC CCITT Endian Big endian data CRc CRC CCITT Endian Little endian data CRc CRC 16 Endian Automatic CRc CRC 16 Endian Big endian data CRc CRC 16 Endian Little endian data CRc Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes CRc Performs the CRC operation on the hex format objects in the specified range from low address to high address and outputs the results of the operation to the specified address Yes Polynomial expression CRC CCITT Endian Automatic CRc Selects CRC CCITT as a polyno mial expression Yes Polynomial expression CRC CCITT Endian Big endian data CRc Selects the CRC CCITT as a polynomial expression and selects the BIG as an endian Yes Polynomial expression CRC CCITT Endian Little endian data CRc Selects the CRC CCITT as a polynomial expression and selects the LITTLE as an endian Yes Polynomial expression CRC 16 Endian Automatic CRc Selects CRC 16 as a polynomial expression Yes Polynomial expression CRC 16 Endian Big endian data CRc Select
192. elects whether to check the compatibility with an existing program This corresponds to the check option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes NC compiler check nc Checks the compatibility with the R8C and M16C family C compilers Yes H8 compiler check ch38 Checks the compatibility with the H8 H8S and H8SX family C C compilers Yes SH compiler check sh Checks the compatibility with the SuperH family C C compilers No Does not check the compatibility with an existing program Character code of an input program 2 Object Selects character code of an input program This corresponds to the euc sjis latin1 utf8 big5 and gb2312 option of the assembler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is sel
193. emge ol the C acetce file The comesponde to the leng option of tha compalesr You can set compile options for the C source file by setting the necessary properties in this tab Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Compile Options tab by default 2 When setting compile options for a C source file Select a C source file on the project tree and select the Build Settings tab on the Property panel In the Build category if you select Yes on the Set individual compile option property the Message Dialog Box is displayed Figure 2 72 Set individual compile option Property AR YOU SURE you Wan bo e the cunent compde option to the individual compie options for all bake modes E Mol i eded copy the Gurend Guid mode notions orty Ge ee Geo If you click the Yes button in the dialog box the Individual Compile Options C tab will be displayed R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 45 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 74 Property Panel Individual Compile Options C Tab Lacgenge of the Do snpra fle Dirge Aitona inclecda prha Addtonal imesh paih Liia Whaka ireiude pathi peed kai barki kial Yea hace fies si the head of conned ing oniis Include Miles af the head of comping urda i B Macro detindion O eval dates the pedina macro Erabias orice mation devel mersa cetpat Suppan the momar of mie bee l evel ecg Charges Be wattatg heel messaged lo avi tai bevel mesh ages Ch
194. ems How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Invalidates the pre Specifies invalidates the predefined macro defined macro If multiple macro names are specified delimit them with a comma example __DBL4 __SCHAR This corresponds to the undefine option of the compiler Default Blank How to Edit by the Specify The Predefined Macro dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Enables information Specifies whether information level messages are output level message output This corresponds to the message and nomessage options of the compiler Default No nomessage How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes message Enables information message output No nomessage Disables information message output R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 83 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Suppresses the num Specifies suppresses the number of information level message ber of information level If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with a comma example messages 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option
195. eplaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this product ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder BuildModeName is set by default 2 Set the output file name Setting the output file is made with the Output file name property by directly entering to the text box Up to 259 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name ProjectName hex is set by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 42 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 10 Preparation before Using the PIC PID Function In the PIC PID function a program whose code or data in the ROM has been converted into PIC or PID is called an application and the program necessary to execute an application is called the master When the application and master are built the option settings related to the PIC PID function should be matched between the
196. er This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property is selected Default Division conversion file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 255 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified 2 Hex Format The detailed information on output files are displayed and the configuration can be changed Hex file format Selects the load module file convert format This corresponds to the form option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property in the Out put File category is specified Default S record file FOrm Stype How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Intel expanded hex file Outputs a Intel expanded hex file FOrm Hexadecimal Motorola S type file Outputs a Motorola S type file FOrm Stype Binary file FOrm Binary Outputs a binary file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 145 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Unifies the record size Selects whether to output data with the specified data record regardless of the address range This corresponds to the record option of the linker This property is displayed only when Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Hex file format property is se
197. er The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 159 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output file name Specifies an output file name The default extensions depends on Output file type property when extension omit ted The default extensions are as follows User library file FOrm Library U lib System library file FOrm Library S lib Relocatable module file FOrm Re
198. er macro expansion statements No ztENESAS Does not output the assembler macro expan sion statements Page 204 of 266 CS 5 Optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed Optimization level Selects optimization level This corresponds to the optimize option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 0 optimize 0 Does not optimize the program 1 optimize 1 Partially optimizes the program by auto matically allocating variables to registers integrating the function exit blocks inte grating multiple instructions which can be integrated etc 2 optimize 2 Performs overall optimization Max optimize max Performs optimization as much as possi ble Outputs additional information for inter module optimization Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does n
199. ernal variables which are defined in the file to be com piled Yes Optimizes the inter module map Optimizes accesses to external variables No nomap ztENESAS Disables optimization for accesses to external variables Page 236 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Perform inter module Specifies the level of inter module optimization such as function merging optimization This corresponds to the whole_program merge_files and ip_optimize option of the compiler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Level 1 Perform Performs inter module optimization for ip_optimize each file No Does not perform inter module optimiza tion Converts floating point Selects whether to convert floating point constant division into multiplication of the constant division into corresponding reciprocals as constants multiplication This corresponds to the approxdiv option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restric
200. ersion 2 ing point numbers the conversion of long simple_stdio long type and the conversion of 2 byte code No Does not create a functional cutdown version of I O functions R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 174 of 266 CS Creates the reentrant library A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to create the reentrant library This corresponds to the reent option of the library generator This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 03 00 or higher or when V2 03 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes reent Creates the reentrant library No Does not create the reentrant library Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab Selects whether to make the object related settings match those of the Compile Options tab Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Makes the object related settings match those of the Compile Options tab No Does not make the object related settings match those of the Compile Options tab Section name of pro gram area Specifies the section name of program area
201. es for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the assembler This property is displayed only when No in the Build simultaneously property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not output additional information for inter module optimization Outputs a assemble list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to output an assemble list file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the assembler This property is displayed only when No in the Build simultaneously property is selected Default No nolistfile How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes listfile Outputs an assemble list file No nolistfile Does not output an assemble list file ztENESAS Page 69 of 266 CS Outputs the state ments unsatisfied in conditional assembly A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list
202. esponding reciprocals as constants This corresponds to the approxdiv option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes approxdiv Converts floating point constant division into multiplication No ztENESAS Does not convert floating point constant division into multiplication Page 100 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Allocates preferen tially the variables with register storage class specification to regis ters A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to allocate preferentially the variables with register storage class specification to registers This corresponds to the enable_register option of the compiler This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes enable_register Allocates preferentially the variables with register storage class specification to reg isters Does not allocate preferentially the vari
203. esponds to the logo and nologo option of the assembler Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Select from the drop down list change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables output of the copyright ztENESAS Page 247 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before assemble processing before assemble pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name AssembledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under assem bling BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name InputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be assembled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Re
204. estriction Yes head string Enables the string h C89 C99 and runtime library No Disables the string h C89 C99 Enables ios EC R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to enable ios EC This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head ios Enables the ios EC and runtime library No Disables the ios EC ztENESAS Page 171 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Enables new EC A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to enable new EC This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default Yes head new How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head new Enables the new EC and runtime library No Disables the new EC Enables com plex EC Selects whether to enable complex EC This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select
205. ether to output the information before DEFINE replacement This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show defini tions Outputs the information before replacement specified with DEFINE No Does not output the information before replace ment specified with DEFINE Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements Optimization Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expansions Outputs the macro expansion statements No Does not output the macro expansion state ments The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is displayed only when No in the Build simultaneously property in the Build Method category from the Common Options tab is selected Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 112 of 266 CS Output additional infor mation for inter mod ule optimizat
206. extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Yes in the Divides the conversion file property is selected Default Division conversion file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Fills the unused areas Selects whether to fill the unused areas in the output ranges with the value in the output ranges This corresponds to the space option of the linker with the v
207. f the compiler Default Compiler automatically selects case auto How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction if_then method Expands the switch statement using the case ifthen if_ then method Jumping to a table Expands the switch statement by using method case table the table method Compiler automatically Automatically selects the if_then method selects case auto or table method Handles external vari Selects whether to handle all external variables as if they are volatile qualified ables as if they are This corresponds to the volatile and novolatile option of the compiler volatile qualified Default No novolatile How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes volatile Handles all external variables as if they were vola tile qualified No novolatile Does not handle external variables as if they were volatile qualified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 97 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Performs the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to perform the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables Const qualified variables in a C source file cannot be controlled by this option con stant propagation is always performed This corresponds to the const_copy and noconst_copy option of the compiler
208. f the data indicated by the pointer Although the performance of object code is generally better than when alias noansi is specified the results of execution may differ according to whether alias ansi or alias noansi is specified This corresponds to the alias option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes alias ansi Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer No alias noansi Does not perform optimization consider ing the type of the data indicated by the pointer Optimizes modifica tion of the operation order of a floating point expression Output File Selects whether to optimize modification of the operation order of a floating point expression Specifying the float_order option generally improves the object performance com pared to when not specifying it However the accuracy of operations may differ from that when float_order is not specified This corresponds to the float_order option of the compiler This property is valid only when 2 optimize 2 or Max optimize max in the Optimization level property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes float_order Optimizes modification of the operation order in a floating point expression No Doe
209. formation This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property and Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow Xrefer ence Outputs the cross reference information to the linkage list file No Does not output the cross reference informa tion to the linkage list file Shows the total sizes of sections Selects whether to show the total sizes of sections This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property and Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow Total_size Shows the total sizes of sections allocated to the ROM and RAM areas No Does not show the total sizes of sections Outputs vector infor mation Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to output vector information This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts
210. from the drop down list Restriction Calls library functions library function Calls all library functions Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic ztENESAS Performs instruction expansion for abs fabsf and library functions which can use string manipulation instructions Page 98 of 266 CS Divides the optimizing ranges into many sec tions before compila tion A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to divide the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation This corresponds to the scope and noscope option of the compiler Default Depends on the optimization level option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes scope Divides the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation No noscope Does not divide the optimizing ranges before compilation Schedules the instruc tion taking into consid eration pipeline processing Selects whether to schedule the instruction taking into consideration pipeline process ing This corresponds to the schedule and noschedule option of the compiler Default Depends on the optimization level option How to change Select from the drop down list Rest
211. from the drop down list Restriction Yes head complex Enables the complex EC and runtime library No Disables the complex EC Enables string EC Selects whether to enable string EC This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head cpp string Enables the string EC and runtime library No Disables the string EC Enables com plex h C99 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to enable complex h C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when C99 lang c99 in the Library configuration property and Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configuration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head C99_complex Enables the complex h C99 and runtime library No Disables the complex h C99 ztENESAS Page 172 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Enables fenv h C99 Selects whether to enable fenv h C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when C99 lang c99 in the Library configuration property and Custom h
212. g lerel messages boenorevel messages Mo Pent commen 5 3 msing Nol conmerisnones Chachi ihe Gorripalitality ath an excniling pora Ha Charecter code of an input program S25 codes at Ohj Oirtzart file bane Gigect modis fe outpet mobi Outputs debugging infomation Vesidebugi Eesiior miia oe peeve dah vee P Serim rame of constant ares Secon nmaoi intislized dals mes 0 Sechon rame of uriniga red date area Section reame of Ineral arsa L Becton name of eeaich atenert branch jable araa Ww Alloc ates unintalies variables to 4 tyde boundary alignment sabons Ho Alocstes inmindzed wanables to 4 hete boudey sigment scons Me Allcates cond qualiied varubles to l byte boundary aliyman pacias Ha Allocate swatch stahement branch tables to d he bondar aligament sections Me Aurmeni for insiston in Branch Hore nanp slg Generales divisions and residues wath Ot DWU ant te FOA insiracbon Yes Character code of an output assenbly langusge file 5215 codeudnodscn Quality leper Detect stack overflow He a List Guipais o souret bai file Mabroiie Optimizmi _ Language ofthe C soume file Selects language al the C source file Le Aga aa rede Bo ec elif eae Ga ir es ey iw Gan par CM E A Common Opts Compile Options mcenbledpbons Link Options i Hex Quiput dphiscs lt Librery Generate Oo F ath Bea aE L ee pert Remark This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or higher R20UT347
213. h destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 4 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign4 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 4 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop Execution in 8 bytes instalign8 Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Execution in 8 bytes Contains each loop head instalign8 loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each loop Execution in 8 bytes Contains each inmost loop head instalign8 inmost loop Aligns instructions at branch destinations to 8 byte boundaries Contains head of each inmost loop None noinstalign Does not align instructions at branch destina tions Generates divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction Optimization Selects whether to generate divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FDIV instruction This corresponds to the nouse_div_inst option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Generates code in which DIV DIVU or FDIV instructions are used No nouse_div_inst Generates code in which no
214. h of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property is selected Default Division conversion file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 255 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified 9 Frequently Used Options for Librarian The detailed information on frequently used options during library generating is displayed and the configuration can be changed This category is displayed only for the library project and when Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category from Librarian Options tab is selected Outputs debugging Specifies whether debugging information is output information This corresponds to the nodebug and debug options of the linker Default Yes Outputs to the output file DEBug How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Outputs to the Outputs a debugging information to the out output file DEBug put file No NODEBug Does not output a debugging information 10 Build Method The detailed information on the build method is displayed and the configur
215. he volatile and novolatile option of the compiler volatile qualified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes volatile Handles all external variables as if they were vola tile qualified No novolatile Does not handle external variables as if they were volatile qualified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 234 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Performs the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to perform the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables Const qualified variables in a C source file cannot be controlled by this option con stant propagation is always performed This corresponds to the const_copy and noconst_copy option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization level zation level options options Yes const_copy Enables constant propagation of const qualified external variables No noconst_copy Disables constant propagation of const qualified external variables Conversion method of the divisions and resi dues of integer con stants Selects conversion method of the divisions and residues of integer constants This corresponds to the const_div and noconst_di
216. he detailed information on list file is displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs a source list file Selects whether to output a source list file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes lisfile Outputs a source list file No nolistfile Disable output of a source list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 203 of 266 CS Outputs the C C source file A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the C C source file This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show source Outputs the C C source file No Does not output the C C source file Outputs the state ments unsatisfied in conditional assembly Specifies the contents of the source list file Selects whether to output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default
217. he main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before build processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed before build processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Commands executed after build processing R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the command to be executed after build processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir
218. he project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the preinclude option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specify in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line The string part can be omitted and in this case the macro name is assumed to be defined This corresponds to the define option of the compiler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Invalidates the pre Specifies invalidates the predefined macro defined macro If multiple macro names are specified delimit them with a comma example __DBL4 __SCHAR This corresponds to the undefine option of the compiler Default Configuration of the c
219. his corresponds to the define option of the compiler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Macro definition number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 65 of 266 CS Outputs debugging information A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the compiler Default No nodebug How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug Outputs debugging information to object module files No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Optimization level Selects optimization level This correspon ds to the optimize option of the compiler Default 2 optimize 2 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 0 optimize 0 Does not optimize the program 1 optimize 1 Partially optimizes the program by automat ically allocating variables to registers inte grating the function exit blocks integrating multiple instructions which can be inte grated etc 2 optimize 2
220. hod of the library function Selects expansion method of the library function This corresponds to the library option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Calls library functions library function Calls all library functions Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic Performs instruction expansion for abs fabsf and library functions which can use string manipulation instructions Divides the optimizing ranges into many sec tions before compila tion Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to divide the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation This corresponds to the scope and noscope option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Depends on the optimization level option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes scope Divides the optimizing ranges of the large
221. idian District Beijing 100191 P R China Tel 86 10 8235 1155 Fax 86 10 8235 7679 Renesas Electronics Shanghai Co Ltd Unit 301 Tower A Central Towers 555 Langao Road Putuo District Shanghai P R China 200333 Tel 86 21 2226 0888 Fax 86 21 2226 0999 Renesas Electronics Hong Kong Limited Unit 1601 1611 16 F Tower 2 Grand Century Place 193 Prince Edward Road West Mongkok Kowloon Hong Kong Tel 852 2265 6688 Fax 852 2886 9022 Renesas Electronics Taiwan Co Ltd 13F No 363 Fu Shing North Road Taipei 10543 Taiwan Tel 886 2 8175 9600 Fax 886 2 8175 9670 Renesas Electronics Singapore Pte Ltd 80 Bendemeer Road Unit 06 02 Hyflux Innovation Centre Singapore 339949 Tel 65 6213 0200 Fax 65 6213 0300 Renesas Electronics Malaysia Sdn Bhd Unit 1207 Block B Menara Amcorp Amcorp Trade Centre No 18 Jin Persiaran Barat 46050 Petaling Jaya Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia Tel 60 3 7955 9390 Fax 60 3 7955 9510 Renesas Electronics India Pvt Ltd No 777C 100 Feet Road HALII Stage Indiranagar Bangalore India Tel 91 80 67208700 Fax 91 80 67208777 Renesas Electronics Korea Co Ltd 12F 234 Teheran ro Gangnam Gu Seoul 135 080 Korea Tel 82 2 558 3737 Fax 82 2 558 5141 2015 Renesas Electronics Corporation All rights reserved Colophon 4 0 CS RENESAS Renesas Electronics Corporation R20UT3478EJ0100
222. ied include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System include paths Changes the specified order of the include paths which the system set during assem bling This corresponds to the include option of the assembler Default System include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the System Include Path Order dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Changes not allowed Only the specified order of the include paths can be changed Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specifies in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line This corresponds to the define option of the assembler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Macro definition number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 109 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Character code of an
223. ified in the Additional include paths property in the Source category from the Compile Options tab of the build tool to be used The include paths are added by the following procedure Paths specified in the Additional include paths property from this tab Paths specified in the Additional include paths in the Source category from the Compile Options tab This corresponds to the include option of the compiler Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Compiles using the include path specified in the property of the build tool to be used No Does not use the include path specified in the prop erty of the build tool to be used R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 tENESAS Page 219 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Include files at the Specifies include files at the head of compiling units head of compiling The following placeholders are supported units ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with t
224. iguration can be changed Input object module file Specifies an input object module file Add one file in one line The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This corresponds to the Input option of the linker The specified file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Input object module file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Using libraries Specifies an input library file The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This corresponds to the library option of the linker The library file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Input library file number of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System lib
225. ile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show condi Outputs the statements unsatisfied in condi tionals tional assembly No Does not output the statements unsatisfied in conditional assembly R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 93 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the informa Specifies the contents of the source list file tion before DEFINE Selects whether to output the information before DEFINE replacement replacement This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show defini Outputs the information before DEFINE tions replacement No Does not output the information before DEFINE replacement Outputs the assem Specifies the contents of the source list file bler macro expansion Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements statements This corresponds to the show option of the compiler This property is not displayed when Yes lisfile in the Outputs a source list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes show expan Outputs the assembler macro expans
226. ime library No Disables the stdarg h C89 C99 ztENESAS Page 170 of 266 Enables stdio h C89 C99 A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to enable stdio h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default Yes head stdio How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head stdio Enables the stdio h C89 C99 and runtime library No Disables the stdio h C89 C99 Enables stdlib h C89 C99 Selects whether to enable stdlib h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default Yes head stdlib How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head stdlib Enables the stdlib h C89 C99 and runtime library No Disables the stdlib h C89 C99 Enables string h C89 C99 Selects whether to enable string h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default Yes head string How to change Select from the drop down list R
227. ine expansion expansion This option is valid only when the inline option or pragma inline has been specified The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the file_inline option of the compiler The file name is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Click the button to open the Path Edit dialog box change gt Edit by the Add Inline Expansion File dialog box which appears when clicking the Browse button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Expansion method of Selects expansion method of the switch statement the switch statement This corresponds to the case option of the compiler Defau
228. ine expansion expansion This option is valid only when the inline option or pragma inline has been specified The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the file_inline option of the compiler The file name is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category is selected Default Files for inter file inline expansion number of defined items How to Click the button to open the Path Edit dialog box change gt Edit by the Add Inline Expansion File dialog box which appears when clicking the Browse button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Expansion method of Selects expansion method of the switch statement the switch statement This corresponds to the case option o
229. ing lists the panels dialog boxes used in the build tool Table A 1 List of Panels Dialog Boxes Panel Dialog Box Name Function Description Property panel This panel is used to display the detailed information on the Build tool node or file that is selected on the Project Tree panel and change the settings of the information System Include Path Order dialog box This dialog box is used to refer the system include paths specified for the compiler and set their specified sequence Specify Rule Number dialog box This dialog box is used to select the number of the MISRA C rule and set it to the area that this dialog box is called from Section Settings dialog box This dialog box is used to add modify or delete sections Add Section dialog box These dialog boxes are used to set a section name when adding Modify Section dialog box modifying or overlaying a section respectively Add Overlay dialog box Section Address dialog box This dialog box is used to set an address when adding or modifying a section Unassigned Section dialog box This dialog box is used to delete sections Specify The Predefined Macro dialog box This dialog box is used to select the predefined macros to disable and set it to the area that this dialog box is called from R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 49 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Property panel This panel is used to display the detailed i
230. input program 2 Object A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects character code of an input program This corresponds to the euc sjis latin1 big5 and gb2312 option of the assembler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code utf8 is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default SJIS code sjis How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code euc Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using EUC SJIS code sjis Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using SJIS ISO Latin1 code latin1 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using ISO Latin1 UTF 8 code utf8 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using UTF 8 Traditional Chi nese charac
231. instruction This corresponds to the chkdsp option of the assembler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkdsp Checks for a DSP instruction No Does not check for a DSP instruction Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corresponds to the logo and nologo option of the assembler Default No nologo How to Select from the drop down list change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables output of the copyright ztENESAS Page 113 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before assemble processing before assemble pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name AssembledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under assem bling BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name lnputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be assembled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install fo
232. ion Up to 32767 characters Section name of literal area Specifies the section name of literal area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default L How to change Up to 32767 characters Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of switch statement branch table area Specifies the section name of switch statement branch table area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default W How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff B Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections ztENESAS No Does not allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Page 89 of 266 CS Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to allocate initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler Default No How to
233. ion A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the assembler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change 5 Others Other detailed information Checks for a privileged instruction Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not output additional information for inter module optimization on assembly is displayed and the configuration can be changed Selects whether to check for a privileged instruction This corresponds to the chkpm option of the assembler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkpm Checks for a privileged instruction No Does not check for a privileged instruction Checks for a floating point operation instruc Selects whether to check for a floating point operation instruction This corresponds to the chkfpu option of the assembler tion Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes chkfpu Checks for a floating point operation instruction No Does not check for a floating point operation instruc tion Checks for a DSP instruction Selects whether to check for a DSP
234. ion sions statements No Does not output the assembler macro expan sion statements R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 94 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 5 Optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed Optimization level Selects optimization level This corresponds to the optimize option of the compiler Default 2 optimize 2 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 0 optimize 0 Does not optimize the program 1 optimize 1 Partially optimizes the program by auto matically allocating variables to registers integrating the function exit blocks inte grating multiple instructions which can be integrated etc 2 optimize 2 Performs overall optimization Max optimize max Performs optimization as much as possi ble Outputs additional information for inter module optimization Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the compiler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not outputs additional informa
235. ion level and warn If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example ing level message 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Path to the folder that Specifies path to the folder that stores a file for inter file inline expansion stores a file for inter The following placeholders are supported file inline expansion ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Re
236. ion on the Hex output phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed 1 Output File 2 Hex Format 3 Others Caution 1 This tab is not displayed for the library project Caution 2 This tab is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the lat est version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or lower the properties from this tab are included in the Convert Load Module File category from the Link Options tab Figure A 6 Property Panel Hex Output Options Tab Outpa Ale rama 4 Deron caigui Ge Drion aipa File fi a Hew Fam Hax the tamal Mois S type ieira iiye Lay racord sze Ho Dupre the caileige eeu of CAC Me Outed SS record wt he ard Ae Supt gupur Sete l shiar ar m ra OFFSET Hi Miha Chutput hex tik Sade eiethe ie cutest a bee Sle Tha commingeois to the fon ocho of he ber T fonna Opler J ReserbieSpicm Lirik Opisna Hex Qutput Chpticns Library Generate Optare Remark This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or higher Description of each category 1 Output File The detailed information on output files is displayed and the configuration can be changed Ou
237. is dialog box Cancel Cancels the macros selecting and closes the dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 261 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Button Function Enable All Select all the macros in Select items Disable All Deselect all the macros in Select items Help Displays the help of this dialog box R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 262 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Revision Record Description Summary Aug 01 2015 First Edition issued CS User s Manual CC RX Build Tool Operation Publication Date Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Published by Renesas Electronics Corporation tENESAS SALES OFFICES Renesas Electronics Corporation http Avww renesas com Refer to http www renesas com for the latest and detailed information Renesas Electronics America Inc 2801 Scott Boulevard Santa Clara CA 95050 2549 U S A Tel 1 408 588 6000 Fax 1 408 588 6130 Renesas Electronics Canada Limited 9251 Yonge Street Suite 8309 Richmond Hill Ontario Canada L4C 9T3 Tel 1 905 237 2004 Renesas Electronics Europe Limited Dukes Meadow Millboard Road Bourne End Buckinghamshire SL8 5FH U K Tel 44 1628 585 100 Fax 44 1628 585 900 Renesas Electronics Europe GmbH Arcadiastrasse 10 40472 Dusseldorf Germany Tel 49 211 6503 0 Fax 49 211 6503 1327 Renesas Electronics China Co Ltd Room 1709 Quantum Plaza No 27 ZhiChunLu Ha
238. is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Yes inline lt numeric value gt Performs inline expansion automatically No noinline Does not perform inline expansion auto matically Maximum increasing rate of function size Specifies maximum increasing rate of function size This option corresponds to the inline option of the library generator This property is displayed only in the following cases When Yes inline lt numeric value gt in the Performs inline expansion automati cally property is selected When No in the Use same optimization related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default 100 decimal number How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction 1 to 65535 decimal number Files for inter file inline expansion Aug 01 2015 Specifies files for inter file inline expansion This option is valid only when the inline option or pragma inline has been specified The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name Proje
239. is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the warning Selects whether to change the warning level messages to information level mes level messages to sages information level mes This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler sages Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes All Changes all warning level messages to the change_message information level messages information Yes Specifies Changes the warning level messages with the error number specified error numbers to the information level change_message messages informa tion lt ErrorNum ber gt No Does not change the warning level messages to the information level messages Error number of warn Specifies error number of warning level message ing level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level me
240. isplayed only when Apply rules that are classified as required and specified rule number misra20XX required_add in the Apply rule property is selected Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction ztENESAS Up to 259 characters Page 104 of 266 CS Exclusion rule number from required rule A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the exclusion rule number from required rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Ignore specified rule number from rules that are classified as required misra20XX required_remove in the Apply rule property is selected Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Rule check exclusion Specifies rule check exclusion file file This property is usable only in the Professional Edition The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder ProjectName Replaces with the proje
241. ject to the project file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 8 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 2 Speeding up of Build The build speed up facilities of this build tool are described here There are the following types of build speed up facilities Simultaneous build Multiple files are simultaneously passed by a single call of the build command See 2 2 1 Running simultaneous build for details about simultaneous build Parallel build Multiple build commands are executed in parallel See 2 2 2 Running parallel build for details about parallel build 2 2 1 Running simultaneous build Simultaneous build is a facility to simultaneously compile or assemble the files with a single call of the ccrx command when there are multiple files to be built An image of calling the ccrx command is shown below Example When build target files are aaa c bbb c and ccc c When a build is run simultaneously gt ccrx aaa c bbb c ccc c aaa obj bbb obj and ccc obj are generated gt rlink aaa obj bbb obj ccc obj aaa abs is generated When a build is not run simultaneously gt ccrx aaa c is generated gt ccrx bbb c is generated gt ecrk ccec c is generated gt rlink aaa obj bbb obj ccc obj lt s is generated Whether to run a build simultaneously is made with the property Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Common Options tab on the Property panel Select Yes in the
242. jectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after librarian processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed after librarian processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional Inputs the link options to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the link options group Default Blank How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line The specified option is displayed Default Command line number of defined items How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 167 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Library Generate Options tab This tab sho
243. l See 2 11 1 Set build options at the project level File level See 2 11 2 Set build options at the file level 2 11 1 Set build options at the project level To set options for build options for a project main project or subproject select the Build tool node on the project tree to display the Property panel Select the component tabs and set build options by setting the necessary properties Compile phase Compile Options tab Assemble phase Assemble Options tab Link phase For the application project Link Options tab Hex output phase Hex Output Options tab Link phase For the library project Librarian Options tab Library Generate phase Library Generate Options tab 2 11 2 Set build options at the file level You can individually set compile and assemble options for each source file added to the project 1 When setting compile options for a C source file Select a C source file on the project tree and select the Build Settings tab on the Property panel In the Build category if you select Yes on the Set individual compile option property the Message Dialog Box is displayed Figure 2 69 Set individual compile option Property AT yOu Sune you want bo set the coment comple options to the individual comple options for all bu modes E Molt elected copy the current buid mods options only ee ee ha If you click the Yes button in the dialog box the Individual Compile Options C tab will be disp
244. l options R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Inputs the link options to be added additionally The options set here are added at the end of the link options group Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters ztENESAS Page 154 of 266 CS Command line The specified option is displayed A WINDOW REFERENCE Default Command line number of defined items How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 155 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Librarian Options tab This tab shows the detailed information on the link phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Input Output List Others Caution This tab is not displayed for the application project Figure A 7 Property Panel Librarian Options Tab acl al a Ele lstiaies the pretnier Chutput Outpt fle tere Path of the oytret ilar Outpt ble raTa Enatles abet raboe level miia colul Suppresses the reenter of anlar eabos level mesaeges List Dupas the hntmys list file Ques a pirkol sera lop iz a mode Outputs a tachos Bilin a modula Others Space ties an ipul does irertobe ble o he kamal el Hipa Beary nire ribaa carte lk ore pes line The comespondas loha
245. l build for details about parallel build Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Enables the parallel build facility No Disables the parallel build facility Handling the source Selects whether to recompile assemble the source file if there are no files that include file includes non exist it ing file Default Re compile assemble the source file How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Re compile assemble Recompiles assembles the source file if the source file there are no files that include it Ignore re compiling Does not recompile assemble the source assembling the source file if there are no files that include it file Ensure compatibility of Selects compatibility with High performance embedded workshop about paths and paths and linkage linkage order order Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Accords to the High performance Embedded Work shop s linkage order Accords to this product s path and linkage order R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 76 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE 11 Version Select The detailed information on the build tool version is displayed and the configuration can be changed Using compiler pack The folder in which the compiler package to be used is installed is displayed age install folder Default
246. laces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the assembler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to change Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System include paths R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Changes the specified order of the include paths which the system set during assem bling This corresponds to the include option of the assembler Default System include paths number of defined items How to change Edit by the System Include Path Order dialog box which appears when clicking the button
247. layed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 44 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 71 Property Panel Individual Compile Options C Tab SS roaie Progeny ka Lali a Source isompcthe cence ae eee Ely Adibcral onchece prha Acker ial mchi pathi Use Whaia irtiode path spdchad koi Burld kied Yaa Include files H the head of compaling orita haide fies af the head of compiling untai Maco ceficnion Macro definite Di eva cates the pedrinsi mero Erablas arise mator leyal manage cetput Nelncressssce Supprecees the momber of alee maboe level rena epee Changia Be wartatg level messaged la otk alee level mesatges Mo Changes Be ivborreaiiorrlevel rmsaages io wamap ievel messages Ho Charges the niuri evel sod warniegdievel messages fo error b his Fermis commen gt neghieg Cheska tha compart bility vit an acosheg program Charscher cda of an iip program ikbjaci Dugan le ipe Objecs fle rame Dupi debugging ikarmatisri Seton name ol pr gir dita Seon ane a oHa eb Secton rane ol iniiaized data ama Secon rane cl urinii sinad ca ores Secon rame of berg mes Bacon hana d ratih atateant branch table iras W Above bes uihned vaates 0 A be boidany Higrreni sesban ho ARoces idie vansbes io d byie bountary Sigenentsectiions Mo Aliocaties cosi qualdied vansbies bo d byis boundary abpunert seii Po F Language of the C source ikt Selects largp
248. lder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before assemble processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed before assemble processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 114 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Commands executed after assemble pro cessing A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the command to be executed after assemble processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Repla
249. lected Default Compiler automatically selects case auto How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction if_then method Expands the switch statement using the case ifthen if_ then method Jumping to a table Expands the switch statement by using method case table the table method Compiler automatically Automatically selects the if_then method selects case auto or table method Handles external vari Selects whether to handle all external variables as if they are volatile qualified ables as if they are This corresponds to the volatile and novolatile option of the library generator volatile qualified This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No novolatile How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes volatile Handles all external variables as if they were vola tile qualified No novolatile Does not handle external variables as if they were volatile qualified Performs the constant Selects whether to perform the constant propagation of const qualified external vari propagation of const ables qualified external vari This corresponds to the const_copy and noconst_copy option of the library genera ables tor This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab
250. lected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes HEX record Outputs the HEX record for the REcord H16 data records Yes Expansion HEX record Outputs the Expansion HEX REcord H20 record for the data records Yes 32 bit HEX record Outputs the 32 bit HEX record for REcord H32 the data records No Outputs various data records according to each address Unifies the record size Selects whether to output data with the specified data record regardless of the address range This corresponds to the record option of the linker This property is displayed only when S record file FOrm Stype in the Hex file for mat property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes S1 record REcord S1 Outputs the S1 record for the data records Yes S2 record REcord S2 Outputs the S2 record for the data records Yes S3 record REcord S3 Outputs the S3 record for the data records No Outputs various data records according to each address Fills unused areas in Selects whether to fill the unused areas in the output ranges with the value the output ranges with This corresponds to the space option of the linker the value This property is displayed only when an output file name in the Division conversion file property in the Output File category is specified Defaul
251. lects whether to build this file PUTT aaa aaa i Build Settir if File Information Description of each category 1 Build The detailed information on the build are displayed and the configuration can be changed Set as build target Selects whether to build the selected file Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Builds the selected file No Does not build the selected file Set individual compile Selects whether to set a compile option that differs from the project settings to the option selected C or C source file This property is displayed only when a C or C source file is selected on the Project Tree panel and Yes is selected in the Set as build target property Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Sets a compile option that differs from the project set tings to the selected C or C source file Does not set a compile option that differs from the project settings to the selected C or C source file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 189 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Set individual assem Selects whether to set an assemble option that differs from the project settings to the ble option selected assembler source file This property is displayed only when an assembler source file is selected on the Proj ect Tree panel and Yes is selected in the Set
252. locate rel The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name This corresponds to the output option of the linker Default When User library file FOrm Library U in the Output file type property is selected ProjectName lib When System library file FOrm Library S in the Output file type property is selected ProjectName lib When Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property is selected ProjectName rel How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters Enables information Specifies whether to enable information level message output level message output This corresponds to the message msg_unused and nomessage options of the linker Default No NOMessage How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Message Outputs information level mes sages Yes Notify unused symbol Notifies the user of the externally Message MSg_unused defined symbol which is not refer enced This item is available only when Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property is selected No NOMessage Disables the output of information level messages
253. lt Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction if_then method Expands the switch statement using the case ifthen if_ then method Jumping to a table Expands the switch statement by using method case table the table method Compiler automatically Automatically selects the if_then method selects case auto or table method Handles external vari Selects whether to handle all external variables as if they are volatile qualified ables as if they are This corresponds to the volatile and novolatile option of the compiler volatile qualified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes volatile Handles all external variables as if they were volatile qualified No novolatile Does not handle external variables as if they were volatile qualified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 207 of 266 Aug 01 2015 Performs the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to perform the constant propagation of const qualified external vari ables Const qualified variables in a C source file cannot be controlled by this option con stant propagation is always performed This corresponds to the const_copy and noconst_copy option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option
254. ltiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Path to the folder that stores a file for inter file inline expansion Specifies path to the folder that stores a file for inter file inline expansion The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replace
255. lue of the property Cut While editing the value of the property cuts the selected characters and copies them to the clipboard Copy Copies the selected characters of the property to the clipboard Paste While editing the value of the property inserts the contents of the clipboard Delete While editing the value of the property deletes the selected characters Select All While editing the value of the property selects all the characters of the selected property Context menu Cancels the previous edit operation of the value of the property While editing the value of the property cuts the selected characters and copies them to the clipboard Copies the selected characters of the property to the clipboard While editing the value of the property inserts the contents of the clipboard R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 51 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Delete While editing the value of the property deletes the selected characters Select All While editing the value of the property selects all the characters of the selected property Reset to Default Restores the configuration of the selected item to the default configuration of the project For the Individual Compile Options C tab Individual Compile Options C tab and Individual Assemble Options tab restores to the configuration of the general option Reset All to Default Restores all the
256. matically Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Additional include paths property in the Frequently Used Options for Assemble category on the Common Options tab R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 22 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 5 2 Seta macro definition Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Assemble Options tab on the Property panel The macro definition setting is made with the Macro definition property in the Source category Figure 2 32 Macro definition Property a Source p Additional souin Soca eae e at an input program If you click the button the Text Edit dialog box will open Figure 2 33 Text Edit Dialog Box Test Edit Tast TEST TiHE 10 Enter the macro definition in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line You can specify up to 32767 characters per line up to 65535 line If you click the OK button the entered macro definitions are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 34 Macro definition Property After Setting Macros a Source p oe oe paia eee im defrition Macro definition 2 TEST 1 TIME 10 To change the macro definitions you can use the button or enter the path directly in the text box of the subproperty Remark You can also set the option in the same way with the Macro definition property in the Frequently Used Options for Assemble category on the Common
257. mation level mes level messages to sages information level mes This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler sages Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes All Changes all warning level messages to the change_message information level messages information Yes Specifies Changes the warning level messages with the error number specified error numbers to the information level change_message messages informa tion lt ErrorNum ber gt No Does not change the warning level messages to the information level messages Error number of warn Specifies error number of warning level message ing level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message information lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the warning level messages to information level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENES
258. multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning level messages to error level messages Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message er ror Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message er ror lt ErrorNumber gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error num bers to error level messages No Does not change the warning level mes sages to information level messages Error number of infor mation level and warn ing level message
259. n project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional Inputs the compile options to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the compile options group Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edi
260. n the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Detects the stack overflow Xstack_protector Yes All Detects the stack overflow for all functions Xstack_protector_all No None Does not detect the stack overflow Value to be embed ded for detecting stack overflow 4 List Specifies the value to be embedded for detecting the stack overflow This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all options of the ccrx command This property is displayed in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is 2 04 00 or higher or when 2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When other than No None in the Detect stack overflow property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to 4294967295 decimal number T
261. nds to the optimize option of the linker tion sequence This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Creates a subroutine for the same mize SAMe_code instruction sequence No Does not create a subroutine for the same instruction sequence Minimum code size Specifies the minimum code size for the optimization This corresponds to the samesize option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes OPtimize SAMe_code in the Creates a subroutine for the same instruction sequence property is specified Default 1E hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 8 to 7FFF hexadecimal number Replaces an instruc Selects whether to replace an instruction with a smaller size instruction tion with a smaller size This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker instruction This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Replaces an instruction with a smaller mize SHort_format size instruction No Does not replace an instruction with a smaller size instruction R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 72 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE
262. nerator the pid option of the assembler This property is displayed only when None in the Base register for ROM property in the CPU category and Yes in the Uses the PID register for code generation prop erty is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes The maximum bit Enables the PID function width of the offset 16 16 bit 64 Kbytes to 256 Kbytes address bits pid 16 ing mode is supported Yes The maximum bit Enables the PID function width of the offset No 32 bit 4 Gbytes addressing mode is sup limitation pid 32 ported No Disables the PID function Uses the PID register Selects whether to use the PID register for code generation for code generation A master program called by an application program in which the PID function is enabled needs to be compiled assembled with this option This corresponds to the nouse_pid_register option of the compiler and library gener ator the nouse_pid_register option of the assembler This property is displayed only when No in the Enables the PID function property is selected Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Uses the PID register for code generation No Does not use the PID register for code nouse_pid_register generation R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 63 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE
263. nformation on the Build tool node or file that is selected on the Project Tree panel by every category and change the settings of the information Figure A 1 Property Panel Change poparty valua for all berld rodas at once CPU iairuchon s wthiiaciire Daer Puin pE Op mHor Erm tyne dor dete Rewreiing mehed for bosing part constant cpersiones Hardlisg of densa ted meters in Do tig pont cor lanl Frodi a the dowble type and bog double tne Repdanes che int tne with the short type Sign of the cher trp Sagri of tha bot Fea hpa Salic the eretaraton hyp iibi dolore ly Onder of bel ead menbers Assumes the boundary alignment vaus for scructene rember is 1 Eratlies C mrana handing jonon ry catch and few Erosblas he acceptons handing Ferion yrs owe end See Genaral mostara waed orly on fet menu eres Breach width size Bae register bor EOM Base register tor Rab Ackireee valge of bana negister fut mets che access value Fagner of Easa recioter at sata Ha adbars vab Aada a pibon specific is the CFU type Sms tind restores SOC oeir he interrupt furian EnaStes ha FID funcion lhea Pe ETI ten er Daa Prvi Saeed ia F1 anchaechune Ea 1 Yestoul Lisheseradier dayi ariar sith sured rears oud maas Halles op farts Serer ao Hoare in age pecon pol sine F Mi inn e reped cha juriyej ohr Harel m ormgred ranged biad a Aone horn aghi pbi deria Motunpank Ma qereception hopien Monai fri
264. ng point constant division into multiplication No Does not convert floating point constant division into multiplication Allocates preferen Selects whether to allocate preferentially the variables with register storage class tially the variables with specification to registers register storage class This corresponds to the enable_register option of the compiler specification to regis This property is displayed only in the following cases ters When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When No in the Use same optimization related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes enable_register Allocates preferentially the variables with register storage class specification to reg isters Does not allocate preferentially the vari ables with register storage class specifi cation to registers R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 184 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 5 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Omits a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether
265. ns tab on the Property panel The setting to output a standard library file is made with the Object category R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 41 of 266 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 67 Object Category BulldModeNames Gad eee mies fhe reentrant library l Use same object related setings 26 Compile Options tab Ha Section name of program area P Section name of constant area Cc Section name of initialized data area D Section name of uninitialized data arsa B Section name of literal area L Section name of switch statement branch table area wW locates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Na Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Na Wlecetes const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections ha Adlocates switch statement branch tables to d byte boundary alignment sections Ma Adjustment for instruction in branch Morepnoinatalgi Generates divisions and residues with DIV DIVU and the FOT instruction Yee 1 Set the output folder Setting the output folder is made with the Path of the output folder property by directly entering to the text box or by the button Up to 247 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholder ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName R
266. ntering to the text box or by the button Up to 247 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholder ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this product ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder BuildModeName is set by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 39 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 Set the output file name Setting the output file is made with the Output file name property by directly entering to the text box Up to 259 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name ProjectName lib is set by default R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 40 of 266 Aug 01
267. o a link tents specify LISt age list file No Does not output a linkage list file Outputs a symbol Selects whether to output a symbol name list in a module name list in a module This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes SHow SYmbo Outputs a symbol name list in a module No Does not output a symbol name list in a module R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 161 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Outputs a section list in a module A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output a section list in a module This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property and User library file FOrm Library U or System library file FOrm Library S in the Output file type property in the Output cate gory is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow SEction Outputs a section list in a module No Does not output a section list in a module Outputs the cross ref erence information Selects whether to output the cross reference in
268. o object module files This corresponds to the debug and nodebug options of the compiler Default Yes debug How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug Outputs debugging information to object module files No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Section name of pro gram area Aug 01 2015 Specifies the section name of program area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default P How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters ztENESAS Page 88 of 266 CS Section name of con stant area A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the section name of constant area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default C How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of initial ized data area Specifies the section name of initialized data area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default D How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of unini tialized data area Specifies the section name of uninitialized data area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default B How to change Directly enter in the text box Restrict
269. oad module file will be the debug target Select the type of the convert file to be output as the product of the build other than the load module file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel Select the file type in the Hex file format property in the Hex Format category Figure 2 4 Hex file format Property Stypefila FOmeStypa T aize Outputs the calculation result of CAC Ne Dutput 59 record at the end Ma Suppress oulput ng data to unused area made by OFFSET Na When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal is selected A hex file is output from the generated load module file When S record file FOrm Stype is selected default A Motorola S type file is output from the generated load module file When Binary file FOrm Binary is selected A binary file is output from the generated load module file 2 For the library project Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel Select the file type in the Output file type property in the Output category Figure 2 5 Output file type Property semt de FOnm Library ma s Ea odela e cutput tage T file name tPrjeaNama t ib Enables information level message output Nol NO Message Suppresses the number of information level messages When User library file FOrm Library U is selected default A user librar
270. objects that compose the application and master The procedure for setting build options for the application and master is given below Remark For details on the PIC PID function possible combinations of options and how to create a startup pro gram for the application or master see CC RX Compiler User s Manual 1 Setting build options Build options related to the PIC PID function can be set in the Project Tree panel Select the build tool node for the master or application and set options in the PIC PID category on the Common Options tab of the Property panel Figure 2 68 PIC PID Category Enables the FIC function Enables the PID function a Uses the PID register for code generation Yee a Setting build options for the master Select No for the Enables the PIC function property default Select No for the Enables the PID function property default Select Yes for the Uses the PID register for code generation property default b Setting build options for the application Select Yes pic for the Enables the PIC function property Select The maximum bit width of the offset 16 bits pid 16 or Yes The maximum bit width of the offset No limitation pid 32 for the Enables the PID function property R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 43 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 11 Set Build Options Separately Build options are set at the project or file level Project leve
271. of the data indicated by the pointer No alias noansi Does not perform optimization consider ing the type of the data indicated by the pointer ztENESAS Page 101 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Optimizes modifica Selects whether to optimize modification of the operation order of a floating point tion of the operation expression order of a floating Specifying the float_order option generally improves the object performance com point expression pared to when not specifying it However the accuracy of operations may differ from that when float_order is not specified This corresponds to the float_order option of the compiler This property is valid only when 2 optimize 2 or Max optimize max in the Optimization level property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes float_order Optimizes modification of the operation order in a floating point expression No Does not optimize modification of the operation order in a floating point expres sion 6 Output File The detailed information on the output file check is displayed and the configuration can be changed Output assembly Selects whether to output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source file source This corresponds to the output src option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop
272. olPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters 5 Frequently Used Options for Compile The detailed information on frequently used options during compilation is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 64 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Additional include paths Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of
273. older WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 216 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed after compile processing after compile process Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat ing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name CompiledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling nputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the mai
274. ompile option How to Edit by the Specify The Predefined Macro dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Enables information Specifies whether information level messages are output level message output This corresponds to the message and nomessage options of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes message Enables information message output No nomessage Disables information message output R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 220 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Suppresses the num Specifies suppresses the number of information level message ber of information level If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with a comma example messages 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No nomessage in the Enables information level message output property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the warning Selects whether to change the warning level messages to infor
275. ompile process Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat ing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name CompiledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling nputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty
276. on Apply all rules misra20XX all Checks the source code against all of the rules that are supported Apply specified rule number misra20XX apply Checks the source code against the rules with the selected numbers Ignore specified rule number misra20XX ignore Checks the source code against the rules other than those with the selected numbers Apply rules that are classified as required misra20XX required Checks the source code against the rules of the required type Apply rules that are classified as required and speci fied rule number misra20XX required _add Checks the source code against the rules of the required type and the rules with the selected numbers Ignore specified rule number from rules that are classified as required misra20XX required _remove Checks the source code against the rules other than those with the selected numbers among the rules of the required type Apply rules that are described in the specified file misra20XX lt file name gt Checks the source code against the rules with the numbers written in the specified file Not apply rule Does not apply MISRA C rule Rule number descrip tion file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies Rule number description file misra20XX rule file This property is usable only in the Professional Edition The following placeholders are support
277. ons No Does not allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 176 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to allocate initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff D Allocates initialized variables to 4 byte bound ary alignment sections No Does not allocates initialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Allocates const quali fied variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes nostuff C Allocates const qualified variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections No Does not allocate
278. operty is selected Default B How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of literal area Specifies the section name of literal area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default L How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of switch statement branch table area Specifies the section name of switch statement branch table area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default WwW How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sections Selects whether to allocate uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment sec tions This corresponds to the nostuff option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No in the Use same object related settings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes nostuff B Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment secti
279. or level messege io wann iere messages Changes fhe inlormation leyel ancl wasinge meneeges to aror level mangues Fermis commen 0i nestiog Ohecks tha compart bility wi an acoshes program Chanseter soda el ont ingrel piagam a Cibpect Output fle tere Object fle rema Dupa dabaggicg irlermation Seon nana ol pagar aita Secton ran cl conia ares Secton rane ol intialiged deta area Seon nen cl uenibelined cote ones Sercon name of liers mes Secson hana of satih alent branch table ama Gaisge Sddbons rchise pathi Yeu Include files af the head of comping untai bison definition Hpinomaresga He Ho hio Holconmei mons Ho SA5 cede apa Styect module He output oti Vanje Cpm rao deficigon in ha kenal ol macro nanarfe hinga wth ona par hna This comerporde 30 the deine opie of tha ponipie TE Enp individual Compile Options C File saman Description of each category 1 Source The detailed information on the source is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Aug 01 2015 Page 218 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Language of the C source file Selects language of the C source file This option corresponds to the lang option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction C lang cpp Compiles as an EC source file EC
280. or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters ztENESAS Page 244 of 266 CS 3 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Object module file name A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the name of the object module file generated after assembling The extension other than obj cannot be specified If the extension is omitted obj is automatically added If this is blank the file name will be the source file name with the extension replaced by obj This corresponds to the output option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Outputs debugging information Selects whether to output debugging information to object module files This cor
281. or when V2 03 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default No How to Changes not allowed change Other detailed information on linking are displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 151 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Use same message Selects whether to make the message related settings the same as those of the Link related settings as Options tab Link Options tab Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Makes the message related settings the same as those of the Link Options tab No Makes the message related settings in the property of the Hex Output Options tab Enables information Specifies whether to enable information level message output level message output This corresponds to the message and nomessage options of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property is specified Default No NOMessage How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Message Outputs information level mes sages No NOMessage Disables the output of information level messages Suppresses the num Specifies suppresses the number of information level messages ber of information level If multiple message numbers are specified delimit
282. ormation level mes change_message warn sages with the specified error num ing lt ErrorNumber gt bers to warning level messages No Does not change the information level messages to warning level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 153 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Error number of infor mation level message A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies error number of information level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property and Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning level messages to error level messages Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same me
283. orresponds to the nooptimize and optimize options of the linker Default No optimize NOOPtimize How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction No optimize NOOPti Does not execute optimization for a mod mize ule All OPtimize Provides all optimizations Speed oriented optimiza Provides optimization for speed tion OPtimize SPeed Safe optimization OPti Provides safe optimization mize SAFe Custom Performs optimization for the specified options Deletes variables Selects whether to delete variables functions that are not referenced functions that are not This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker referenced This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Deletes variables functions that are not mize SYmbol_delete referenced No Does not delete variables functions that are not referenced R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 132 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Creates a subroutine Selects whether to create a subroutine for the same instruction sequence for the same instruc This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker tion sequence This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select f
284. ot outputs additional information for inter module optimization Optimization type Selects optimization type This corresponds to the speed and size option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Optimizes with emphasis on execution perfor mance speed Optimizes with emphasis on execution performance Optimizes with emphasis on code size size Optimizes with emphasis on code size Loop expansion R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize the loop expansion for while and do while This corresponds to the loop option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Expansion loop lt numeric value gt ztENESAS Expands loop statements for while and do while Page 205 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Expansion maximum number A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies expansion maximum number This corresponds to the suboption of loop option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Expansion loop lt numeric value gt in the Loop expansion property is selected Default Configuration of the
285. out put file name gt dbg file No NODEBug Does not output a debugging information Optimization type Specifies optimization type This corresponds to the nooptimize and optimize options of the linker Default No optimize NOOPtimize How to Select from the drop down list R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 change Restriction No optimize NOOPti mize Does not execute optimization for a mod ule All OPtimize Provides all optimizations Speed oriented optimiza tion OPtimize SPeed Provides optimization for speed Safe optimization OPti mize SAFe Provides safe optimization Custom ztENESAS Performs optimization for the specified options Page 71 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Deletes variables Selects whether to delete variables functions that are not referenced functions that are not This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker referenced This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Deletes variables functions that are not mize SYmbol_delete referenced No Does not delete variables functions that are not referenced Creates a subroutine Selects whether to create a subroutine for the same instruction sequence for the same instruc This correspo
286. overall optimization Max optimize max Performs optimization as much as possi ble Outputs additional Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization information for inter This corresponds to the goptimize option of the library generator module optimization This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not outputs additional information for inter module optimization R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 179 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Optimization type Selects optimization type This corresponds to the speed and size option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Optimizes with emphasis on code size size How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Optimizes with emphasis Optimizes with emphasis on execution on execution perfor performance mance speed Optimizes with emphasis Optimizes with emphasis on code size on code size size Loop expansion Selects whether to optimize the loop expansion for whil
287. ow Value to be embed ded for detecting stack overflow 4 List Specifies the value to be embedded for detecting the stack overflow This property is usable only in the Professional Edition This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all options of the ccrx command This property is displayed in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is 2 04 00 or higher or when 2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When other than No None in the Detect stack overflow property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to 4294967295 decimal number The detailed information on list file is displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs a source list file Selects whether to output a source list file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes lisfile Outputs a source list file No nolistfile Disable output of a source list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 230 of 266 CS Outputs the
288. ow to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line The specified option is displayed Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 249 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE System Include Path Order dialog box This dialog box is used to refer the system include paths specified for the compiler and set their specified sequence Figure A 17 System Include Path Order Dialog Box System Include Path Order Patt Function buttons The following items are explained here How to open Description of each area Function buttons How to open On the Property panel select the following properties and then click the button From the Common Options tab System include paths in the Frequently Used Options for Compile cate gory and System include paths in the Frequently Used Options for Assemble category From the Compile Options tab System include paths in the Preprocess category From the Assemble Options tab System include paths in the Preprocess category Description of each area 1 Path list display area This area displays the list of the system include paths specified for the compiler a Path This area displ
289. own list change Restriction Yes Map Divides load module file No Does not divide load module file Enables information Specifies whether to enable information level message output level message output This corresponds to the message msg_unused and nomessage options of the linker Default No NOMessage How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Message Outputs information level mes sages Yes Notify unused symbol Notifies the user of the externally Message MSg_unused defined symbol which is not refer enced No NOMessage Disables the output of information level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 121 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Suppresses the num ber of information level messages A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies suppresses the number of information level messages If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option of the linker This property is displayed only when No NOMessage in the Enables information level message output property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters
290. ows system folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the library generator Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Output file name Specifies the output file name The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the output option of the library generator Default ProjectName lib How to Directly enter to the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Generation mode of the standard library Selects whether to create a functional cutdown version of I O functions This corresponds to the nofloat and simple_stdio option of the library generator Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Functional cut Creates simple I O functions that do not sup down version 1 port the conversion of floating point numbers nofloat f e YE 9 G Yes Functional cut Does not include the conversion of the float down v
291. perty of Program Analyzer to change this option Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Xcref Outputs the cross reference information No Does not output of the cross reference information Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before compile processing before compile pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name CompiledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling lnputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary f
292. piledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling nputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed after compile processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional Inputs the compile option
293. piler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code outcode utf8 cannot be selected in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or lower or when V2 04 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code out code euc Outputs characters in strings and character constants using EUC SJIS code out codessjis Outputs characters in strings and character constants using SJIS UTF 8 code out code utf8 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using UTF 8 Traditional Chinese character out code big5 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Traditional Chinese charac ter Simplified Chinese character out code gb231 2 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Simplified Chinese charac ter
294. places with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Permits comment Selects whether to permit comment nesting nesting This corresponds to the comment option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes com Does not permit comment nesting ment nest No com Permits comment nesting ment nonest R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 196 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Checks the compatibil ity with an existing pro gram A WIN
295. places with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before assemble processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the assemble option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 248 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed after assemble processing after assemble pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name AssembledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under assem bling BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name InputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be assembled MainProjectDir
296. property is selected Default Depends on the optimization level options How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization level zation level options options Yes const_copy Enables constant propagation of const qualified external variables No noconst_copy Disables constant propagation of const qualified external variables R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 182 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Conversion method of the divisions and resi dues of integer con stants A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects conversion method of the divisions and residues of integer constants This corresponds to the const_div and noconst_div option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default Depends on the optimization type option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation type option Depends on the optimization type option Instruction sequence using multiplication const_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using multiplica tion Instruction sequence using division noconst_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using division Expansion met
297. pt miraioa D Obes ia The path uses the project folder as the refeeooes poini Common Ophors Comp feOptiors j Asse a mble Opiny A Link ietan Hex Daton Options aL res i Sect ee aes Remark This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or higher Description of each category 1 Source The detailed information on the source is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 108 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Additional include Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file paths The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the assembler The specif
298. put in the text box See the section on each tab for the details of the display setting in the category and its contents 2 Tab selection area Categories for the display of the detailed information are changed by selecting a tab In this panel the following tabs are contained see the section on each tab for the details of the display setting on the tab Remark When multiple components are selected on the Project Tree panel only the tab that is common to all the components is displayed If the value of the property is modified that is taken effect to the selected components all of which are common to all a When the Build tool node is selected on the Project Tree panel Common Options tab Compile Options tab Assemble Options tab Link Options tab Hex Output Options tab Librarian Options tab Library Generate Options tab b When afile is selected on the Project Tree panel Build Settings tab for C source file assembly source file object file and library file Individual Compile Options C tab for C source file Individual Compile Options C tab for C source file Individual Assemble Options tab for assembly source file File Information tabNo e Note See CS Integrated Development Environment User s Manual Project Operation for details about the File Information tab Edit menu only available for the Property panel Undo Cancels the previous edit operation of the va
299. r This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning level messages to error level messages R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to change the information level and warning level messages to error level messages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message error Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt Error Number gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error numbers to error level messages ztENESAS No Does not change the warning level messages to information level messages Page 195 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Error number of infor Specifies error number of information level and warning level message mat
300. r con stants and comments by using SJIS ISO Latin1 code latin1 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using ISO Latin1 UTF 8 code utf8 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using UTF 8 Traditional Chi nese character big5 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Traditional Chi nese character Simplified Chi nese character gb2312 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Simplified Chi nese character The detailed information on the object is displayed and the configuration can be changed Path of the output folder R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the output destination folder for the output file The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00
301. rary 5 l ei a the number of information level messages This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name When changing the relocatable module file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name property in the Output category Figure 2 13 Output file name Property For Relocatable Module File 4 Output Dutput file type Relocatable module file FOnn Relocate oe ae datugging information Papdits ae file W DEBug aay the imran af a Seer sey eer messages This property supports the following placeholders ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 14 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 3 2 Output an assemble list The results of the assembly are output to the assemble list file 1 Fora C source file and C source file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel To output the assemble list
302. rary file The specified system library files are displayed This corresponds to the library option of the linker Default System library file number of defined items Restriction Changes not allowed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 117 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Input binary data file Specifies an input binary data file Specifies in the format of file name section name boundary alignment section attri bute symbol name with one file name per line The boundary alignment section attribute or symbol name part can be omitted 1 2 4 8 16 or 32 can be specified for the boundary alignment When the boundary alignment specification is omitted 1 is used as the default CODE or DATA can be specified for the section attribute When section attribute specification is omitted the write read and execute attributes are all enabled by default The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This corresponds to the binary option of the linker The binary data file name is displayed as the subproperty Default Specify binary data file number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the
303. responds to the debug and nodebug options of the assembler Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes debug Outputs debugging information to object module files No nodebug Does not output debugging information to object module files Suppress outputting data to unused area made by OFFSET List Selects whether to suppress outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET This corresponds to the create_unfilled_area option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 03 00 or lower or when V2 03 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes create_unfilled_area Suppresses outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET No Does not suppress outputting data to the unused area made by OFFSET The detailed information on the list is displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs a assemble list file Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to output an assemble list file This corresponds to the listfile and nolistfile option of the assembler
304. riction Depends on the optimi zation level option Depends on the optimization level option Yes schedule Schedules instructions taking into consid eration pipeline processing No noschedule Does not schedule instructions Optimizes accesses to external variables R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize accesses to external variables This corresponds to the nomap smap and map option of the compiler Yes Optimizes the inter module map is hidden when it is library project Default When Max optimize max in the Optimization level property is selected Yes Optimizes the inter module map Other than above No nomap How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Optimizes the inner module smap Optimizes accesses to external variables which are defined in the file to be com piled Yes Optimizes the inter module map Optimizes accesses to external variables No nomap ztENESAS Disables optimization for accesses to external variables Page 99 of 266 CS Perform inter module optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the level of inter module optimization such as function merging Only Yes Level 1 Perform ip_optimize and No are displayed when No in the Build simultaneously property in the Build Method category from the Common Options ta
305. riction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Invalidates the pre Specifies invalidates the predefined macro defined macro If multiple macro names are specified delimit them with a comma example __DBL4 __SCHAR This corresponds to the undefine option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Specify The Predefined Macro dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Enables information Specifies whether information level messages are output level message output This corresponds to the message and nomessage options of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes message Enables information message output No nomessage Disables information message output R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 193 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Suppresses the num Specifies suppresses the number of information level message ber of information level If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with a comma example messages 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option of the compiler This property is displayed only when No nomessage in the Enables information level message output property
306. rized for use in products or systems that may pose a direct threat to human life or bodily injury artificial life support devices or systems surgical implantations etc or may cause serious property damages nuclear reactor control systems military equipment etc You must check the quality grade of each Renesas Electronics product before using it in a particular application You may not use any Renesas Electronics product for any application for which it is not intended Renesas Electronics shall not be in any way liable for any damages or losses incurred by you or third parties arising from the use of any Renesas Electronics product for which the product is not intended by Renesas Electronics You should use the Renesas Electronics products described in this document within the range specified by Renesas Electronics especially with respect to the maximum rating operating supply voltage range movement power voltage range heat radiation characteristics installation and other product characteristics Renesas Electronics shall have no liability for malfunctions or damages arising out of the use of Renesas Electronics products beyond such specified ranges Although Renesas Electronics endeavors to improve the quality and reliability of its products semiconductor products have specific characteristics such as the occurrence of failure at a certain rate and malfunctions under certain use conditions Further Renesas Electronics products are not subject
307. rning level mes sages A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message warning Changes all information level messages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt Error Number gt Changes the information level messages with the specified error numbers to warning level messages No Does not change the information level mes sages to warning level messages Error number of infor mation level message Specifies error number of information level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt ErrorNumbers gt in the Changes the information level messages to warning level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Changes the informa tion level and warning
308. rocessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LibraryFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under the library generator processing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before library generator processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed before library generate processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit di
309. rojectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When No in the Divides the conversion file property is selected Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 125 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Divides the conversion file A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to divide the conversion file The default extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported ProjectName Replaces with the project name This corresponds to the outpu
310. rom the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Creates a subroutine for the same mize SAMe_code instruction sequence No Does not create a subroutine for the same instruction sequence Minimum code size Specifies the minimum code size for the optimization This corresponds to the samesize option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes OPtimize SAMe_code in the Creates a subroutine for the same instruction sequence property is specified Default 1E hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 8 to 7FFF hexadecimal number Replaces an instruc Selects whether to replace an instruction with a smaller size instruction tion with a smaller size This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker instruction This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes OPti Replaces an instruction with a smaller mize SHort_format size instruction No Does not replace an instruction with a smaller size instruction Optimizes branch Selects whether to optimize branch instruction size instruction size This corresponds to the optimize option of the linker This property is displayed only when Custom in the Optimization type property is selected Default No How to Select from the
311. s hank auhi aa Divizion ria aa If you click the button the Text Edit dialog box will open R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 36 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 60 Text Edit Dialog Box Text Edt Ta hexi mt 0 iFFF hex Zmota SDH FF hexcimoteD_1 Vebue Deecaphon Dawekaangk Absshula path of the patie project tal ASSSINSCSF A Acts ord mic controller rama sampe Acie pued meme ESET E e Bubi mode name Diwan Ahanda nathi the mmi reran ind m F ow J ceu te Specify the division output file name in Text in the format of file name start address end address start address end address The start address and end address of the output range or file name section name section name The name of the output section with one file name per line If multiple section names are specified delimit them with a colon as in file name section name section name Specify the start address and end address in hexadecimal You can specify up to 259 characters per line up to 65535 lines If you click the OK button the entered division output file names are displayed as subproperties Figure 2 61 Division output file Property After Setting Division Output File Names 4 Output File Output hex file Yas hel mot 0 1FEF hex2 mot 20000 2FFF hex3 met D_1 To change the division output file names you can use the button or enter them directly in the text box of the su
312. s SHow Xrefer ence Outputs the cross reference information to the linkage list file No Does not output the cross reference informa tion to the linkage list file Shows the total sizes of sections Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to show the total sizes of sections This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is not displayed when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Shows the total sizes of sections allocated to the ROM and RAM areas Restriction Yes SHow Total_size No Does not show the total sizes of sections ztENESAS Page 131 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs vector infor Selects whether to output vector information mation This corresponds to the show option of the linker This property is not displayed when Yes List contents specify LISt in the Out puts the linkage list file property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes SHow VEC Outputs vector information to the linkage list TOR file No Does not output vector information to the linkage list file 5 Optimization The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed Optimization type Specifies optimization type This c
313. s Shee chee vakis Anida a problen specibe is the CFU type Sane ard restores SCC vere the interrupt functions a PICA Eraslan tha PIC fonction Eralan the FID funcion l hri a FT arta lee Lea erele Arrai diah Morand fint_regatar 2 Carpa win 24 bel beet 24 Hone Hone oo Nona Ha ho Na Ma Eld mack Sedocts the bald mode nama te be ceed during boil mra i ai iian beh 4 Satin Wake N Bs Commen Options ComeileQchors ArrenbleOcHors Remark Description of each category 1 Build Mode sar a This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 01 00 or higher The detailed information on the build mode is displayed and the configuration can be changed Build mode Selects the build mode to be used during build Note that this property is not applied to Reset All to Default from the context menu Default DefaultBuild How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction DefaultBuild Builds with the default build mode that is set when a new project is created Builds with the build mode that is added to the project other than DefaultBuild Build mode that is added to the project other than Default Build R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 54 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Change property value Selects whether to reflect the value newly set to all build modes when a value is set in for all b
314. s an address in the hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the vect option of the linker Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction ztENESAS Up to 32767 characters Page 122 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the jump table Selects whether to output the jump table This corresponds to the jump_entries_for_pic option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Outputs a jump table JUMP_ENTRIES_FOR_PIC No Does not output a jump table The section that out Specifies the section that outputs a jump table to branch to external definition sym puts a jump table to bols branch to external def Specifies in the format of section name with one section per line inition symbols This corresponds to the jump_entry_for_pic option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes JUMP_ENTRIES_FOR_PIC in the Out puts the jump table property is specified Default The section that outputs a jump table to branch to external definition symbols number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 6
315. s latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Permits comment Selects whether to permit comment nesting nesting This corresponds to the comment option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes com Does not permit comment nesting ment nest No com Permits comment nesting ment nonest R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 223 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Checks the compatibil ity with an existing pro gram A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to check the compatibility with an existing program This corresponds to the check option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes NC compiler check nc Checks the compatibility with the R8C and
316. s not optimize modification of the operation order in a floating point expres sion The detailed information on the output file check is displayed and the configuration can be changed Output assembly source file Select whether to output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source This corresponds to the output src option of the compiler Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 211 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output assembly Selects whether to output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source file source This corresponds to the output src option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes output src Outputs the assembly source file of the com pile result for the C source No Does not output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source Output preprocessed Selects whether to output the execution result of preprocessing for the source file to a source file file This corresponds to the output prep noline option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes output prep Outputs the execution result of preprocess ing for the source file to a file Yes Suppress line Outputs the execution result of preprocess output prep noline ing suppress line for
317. s property is displayed only when Ignore specified rule number from rules that are classified as required misra20XX required_remove in the Apply rule property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 214 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Rule check exclusion Specifies rule check exclusion file file This property is usable only in the Professional Edition The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder This option corresponds to the ignore_files_misra option of the compiler This option is not display when Not apply rule in the Apply rule property has been specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Outputs message of Selects whether to output message of The the enhanced key word and extended The the enhanced key specifications word and extend
318. s the CRC 16 as a polyno mial expression and selects the BIG as an endian Yes Polynomial expression CRC 16 Endian Little endian data CRc Selects the CRC 16 as a polyno mial expression and selects the LITTLE as an endian No ztENESAS Does not generate the CRC code Page 148 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output address Specifies the address where the result is output Specifies an address in hexadecimal This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is not displayed when No in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is specified Default 0 How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number Target range Specifies the target range Specifies in the format of start address end address or section name However section name can be specified in only CC RX V2 04 00 or higher version Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example 400 ffff This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is not displayed when No in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property is specified Default Target range number of defined items How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified R20
319. s to be added additionally options The options set here are added at the end of the compile options group Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line The specified option is displayed Default Configuration of the compile option How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 241 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Individual Assemble Options tab This tab shows the detailed information on an assemble source file categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Common Options tab and Assemble Options tab When the settings are changed from these tabs the properties are displayed in boldface Remark This tab is displayed when Yes in the Set individual assemble option property in the Build category from the Build Settings tab is selected 1 Source 2 Object 3 List 4 Object 5 Others Figure A 16 Property Panel Individual Assemble Options Tab Ube whole include paths pectic dor barid igl Macs defisi Mss delenit Chimei code al an inpol piagam SIS oiea tjant Dhesa fje reme Dup dabuzgisg ivkerration Yerdebus Supprece cilputhing dala tc ucumed araa m d
320. s to the output file DEBug Outputs a debugging information to the output file Yes Outputs to lt output file name gt dbg file SDebug Outputs a debugging information to lt output file name gt dbg file No NODEBug Does not output a debugging infor mation ROM to RAM mapped section R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Reserves ROM and RAM areas in the initialized data area and relocates a defined symbol in the ROM section with the specified address in the RAM section Specifies in the format of ROM section name RAM section name with one section name per line This corresponds to the rom option of the linker Default ROM to RAM mapped section number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction ztENESAS Up to 32767 characters Up to 1024 items can be specified Page 119 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Divides load module Selects whether to divide load module file file This corresponds to the output option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Divides load module file No Does not divide load module file Path of the output Specifies path of the output folder folder The following placeholders are supported BuildMo
321. s with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the file_inline_path option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Path to the folder that stores a file for inter file inline expansion num ber of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Permits comment nesting Selects whether to permit comment nesting This corresponds to the comment option of the compiler Default No comment nonest How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes com Does not permit comment nesting ment nest No com Permits comment nesting ment nonest R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 86 of 266 CS Checks the compatibil ity with an existing pro gram A WINDOW REFERENCE S
322. s with the build mode name MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name ProjectName Replaces with the project name This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property is selected Default ProjectName mot How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 255 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 144 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Division output file Specifies the division conversion file Specifies in the format of file name start address end address or file name section name with one file name per line Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example file2 mot 400 ffff To define multiple sections use a colon to separate each entry written as in file name section name section name example file1 mot stack istack The default extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct This corresponds to the output option of the link
323. section is divided property Yes STACk in the Outputs a stack use informa tion file property or Yes Compress in the Compresses the debugging informa tion property in the Verify category Default No MEMory High How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes MEMory Low Reduces the memory occupancy No MEMory High Does not reduce the memory occupancy R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 137 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Changes the warning level messages to information level mes sages A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to change the warning level messages to information level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message in formation Changes all warning level messages to the information level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message in formation lt Error Number gt Changes the warning level messages with the specified error numbers to the informa tion level messages No Does not change the warning level mes sages to the information level messages Error number of warn ing level message Specifies error number of warning level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200
324. ss property is selected Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 2tENESAS Page 118 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Initiates the prelinker 2 Output A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to initiate the prelinker The automatic generation of C template instance This corresponds to the noprelink option of the linker Default Automatic control How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Automatic control Disables the prelinker initiation if there is no ii file in a file to be input to linker Yes Enables the prelinker initiation No NOPRElink Disables the prelinker initiation The detailed information on output files are displayed and the configuration can be changed Output file type The output file type is displayed This corresponds to the form option of the linker Default Load module file FOrm Absolute How to change Changes not allowed Outputs debugging information Specifies whether debugging information is output This corresponds to the nodebug sdebug and debug options of the linker Default Yes Outputs to the output file DEBug How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Output
325. ssage related settings as Link Options tab property is specified Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message error Changes all information level and warning level messages to error level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt Err orNumber gt Changes the information level and warning level messages with the specified error numbers to error level messages No Does not change the warning level messages to information level mes sages Error number of infor mation level and warn ing level message Specifies error number of information level and warning level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property and Yes Specifies error number change_message error lt ErrorNumber gt in the Changes the information level and warning level messages to error level messages property is specified Default Blank How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters Other additiona
326. ssages to information level messages property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 194 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS Changes the informa tion level messages to warning level mes sages A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to change the information level messages to warning level mes sages This corresponds to the change_message option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes All change_message warning Changes all information level messages to warning level messages Yes Specifies error number change_message warning lt Error Number gt Changes the information level messages with the specified error numbers to warning level messages No Does not change the information level mes sages to warning level messages Error number of infor mation level message Specifies error number of information level message If multiple message numbers are specified delimit them with comma example 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the change_message option of the compile
327. stered trademarks in this document are the property of their respective owners 1 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL s sineja ans CRM h Bier ho ths a hte he BIE oh 2 nc tore uO GAGA esta a 6 1 1 OVEIVIEW 2 50 4 Pegi Avene td cis ohn Gaede 2 ae diet a Ok Sune ea ater nies aA Tare eee rg ti bette r 6 1 2 Features site s aie Mie lias eek teh o a ak eee eta d ek dn a saad aA ars oh eae 6 FUNCTIONS aso cs dd th ae R aa ees wer ee a EE dn tetra a ae aaa EAA EAE de Ta ee E ace eae 7 2 1 OVERVIEWS costiconma shared E E EE aO A deedca land e lane aet aioneoteun a A aa a ea e a EEA 7 2 1 1 Greate alload mod le riypi rina omiten Vals ecb ite weds Va Ae Ta E E E bake 7 2 1 2 Create user library s ac i a a RSs be a a aaa a a a aa 8 2 2 Speeding up of Build aa eo csser e eee ett R E OAA 9 2 2 1 Running simultaneous build 0 2 0 enna 9 2 2 2 Running parallel build ne unaa a e e a eae ede Ree eng ea eck wae ea eee on AE G 10 2 3 Set the Type of the Output File 2 2 0 0 cette ee tees 11 2 3 1 Change the output file name 6 nnn eee ee 12 2 3 2 O tp tan assemble listir e a Sele ee a i hee en eel eh 15 2 3 3 Output map information s cse eea aeea ei eni a a ent eee 15 2 3 4 Output library lt intormationy ss sss aeae Cleat aed E E E O A a Bane a Aa Pen ee 16 2 4 Set Compile OPON S mirii na a me a e eked Aye are Ga eu a a ee ee ed E 17 2 4 1 Perform optimization with the code size precedence 0 cece tte 17 2 4 2 Perform optimiz
328. striction Yes show defini tions Outputs the information before replacement specified with DEFINE No Does not output the information before replace ment specified with DEFINE Outputs the assem bler macro expansion statements Object Specifies the contents of the assemble list file Selects whether to output the assembler macro expansion statements This corresponds to the show option of the assembler This property is displayed only when Yes listfile in the Output a assemble list file property is selected Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes show expansions Outputs the macro expansion statements No Does not output the macro expansion state ments The detailed information on the optimization is displayed and the configuration can be changed Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 246 of 266 CS Output additional infor mation for inter mod ule optimization A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the assembler Default No How to Select from the drop down list change 5 Others Other detailed information Checks for a privileged instruction Restri
329. strings and character constants using EUC SJIS code out codessjis Outputs characters in strings and character constants using SuJIS UTF 8 code out code utf8 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using UTF 8 Traditional Chinese character out code big5 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Traditional Chinese charac ter Simplified Chinese character out code gb2312 Outputs characters in strings and character constants using Simplified Chinese charac ter The detailed information on the quality improvement is displayed and the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 202 of 266 CS Detect stack overflow A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to detect the stack overflow This property is usable only in the Professional Edition Detection of stack overflow is a feature for writing a value outside the valid stack area before entering a function and checking whether that value is rewritten before exiting the function Upon detection the user defined __ stack_chk_fail function is called See CC RX Compiler User s Manual about the difference between Yes Xstack_protector and Yes All Xstack_protector_all This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all options of the ccrx command This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed i
330. system library files are displayed This corresponds to the library option of the linker Default System library file number of defined items How to change Edit by the System Include Path Order dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction 2tENESAS Changes not allowed Only the specified order of the system library files can be changed Page 157 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Input binary data file Specifies an input binary data file Specifies in the format of file name section name boundary alignment section attri bute symbol name with one file name per line The boundary alignment section attribute or symbo name part can be omit ted 1 2 4 8 16 or 32 can be specified for the boundary alignment When the boundary alignment specification is omitted 1 is used as the default CODE or DATA can be specified for the section attribute When section attribute specification is omitted the write read and execute attri butes are all enabled by default The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with
331. t ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified System include paths Changes the specified order of the include paths which the system set during compil ing This corresponds to the include option of the compiler Default System include paths number of defined items How to Edit by the System Include Path Order dialog box which appears change when clicking the button Restriction Changes not allowed Only the specified order of the include paths can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 82 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Include files at the Specifies include files at the head of compiling units head of compiling The following placeholders are supported units ActiveProjectDir Replaces with
332. t Same code that disables unification regarding optimization number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Section to disable opti mization R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the Section to disable optimization Specifies in the format of file name section name or module name section name with one per line The file name or module name part can be omitted The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name This option corresponds to the section_forbid option of the linker This property is not displayed when No optimize NOOPtimize in the Optimization type property is selected Default Section to disable optimization number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction ztENESAS Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Page 134 of 266 CS Address range to dis able optimization
333. t No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Random SPace Ran Fills the unused areas in the out dom put ranges with random values Yes Specification value Fills the unused areas in the out SPace lt numerical value gt put ranges with user specified hexadecimal value No Does not fill the unused areas in the output ranges with data R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 146 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output padding data Specifies the output padding data This corresponds to the space option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes Specification value SPace lt numerical value gt in the Fills unused areas in the output ranges with the value property is specified Default FF hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number Specifies byte count Selects whether to specify the maximum byte count for a data record for data record This corresponds to the byte_count option of the linker This property is displayed only when Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Load module file convert format property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes BYte_count Specifies the maximum byte count for a data No Does not specify the byte count for a data Maximum byte count Spe
334. t by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line The specified option is displayed Default Configuration of the compile option How to Changes not allowed change R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 217 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Individual Compile Options C tab This tab shows the detailed information on a C source file categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Note that this tab takes over the settings of the Compile Options tab If the settings are changed from the Compile Options tab the properties are displayed in boldface Remark This tab is displayed only when Yes in the Set individual compile option property in the Build category from the Build Settings tab is selected 1 Source 2 Object 3 Quality Improvement 4 List 5 Optimization 6 Output File 7 Others Figure A 15 Property Panel Individual Compile Options C Tab fal e altel Langage of the T empre ile 1 Aebdtscrd onchocke prha Ue Whaka irtiude patha ape feedl kai buik ball Do lachete fkes siihe head of compel neg oris eval dates the pedrinsi macro Erabias orice mabor devel mangea oetpat Superman the imbir of oder maboe evel ree igi Charges Be wi titg lere messaged be ortho tab bevel mea ages Changes Be ivbormeab
335. t for developing applications and sys tems for RX family and provides an outline of its features CS is an integrated development environment IDE for RX family integrating the necessary tools for the development phase of software e g design implementation and debugging into a single platform By providing an integrated environment it is possible to perform all development using just this product without the need to use many different tools separately Readers Purpose Organization How to Read This Manual Conventions This manual is intended for users who wish to understand the functions of the CS and design software and hardware application systems This manual is intended to give users an understanding of the functions of the CS to use for reference in developing the hardware or software of systems using these devices This manual can be broadly divided into the following units 1 GENERAL 2 FUNCTIONS A WINDOW REFERENCE It is assumed that the readers of this manual have general knowledge of electricity logic circuits and microcontrollers Data significance Higher digits on the left and lower digits on the right Active low representation XXX overscore over pin or signal name Note Footnote for item marked with Note in the text Caution Information requiring particular attention Remarks Supplementary information Numeric representation Decimal XXXX Hexadecimal OxXXXXX All trademarks or regi
336. t of the copyright Outputs the cross ref Selects whether to output cross reference information erence information It is necessary to change the setting of the property of Program Analyzer to change this option Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Xcref Outputs the cross reference information No Does not output of the cross reference information R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 239 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed Specifies the command to be executed before compile processing before compile pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name CompiledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling nputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolut
337. t option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When No in the Divides the conversion file property is selected Default When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Load module file con vert format property is selected ProjectName hex When S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format property is selected ProjectName mot When Binary data file FOrm Binary in the Load module file con vert format property is selected ProjectName bin How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 126 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Division conversion file Specifies the division conversion file Specifies in the format of file name start address end address or file name sec tion name with one file name per line Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example file2 mot 400 ffff To define multiple sections use a colon to separate each entry written as in file name section name section name example file1 mot stack istack The default
338. ter big5 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Traditional Chi nese character Simplified Chi nese character gb2312 Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using Simplified Chi nese character The detailed information on the object is displayed and the configuration can be changed Path of the output folder R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the output destination folder for the output file The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version prop erty Default BuildModeName How to change Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters ztENESAS Page 1
339. text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Symbol definition Specifies the symbol name to be defined Specifies in the format of symbol name symbol name or symbol name numerical value with one symbol name per line Specifies the numerical value in the hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the define option of the linker Default Symbol definition number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Specifies execution Selects whether to specify the execution start address start address Specifies in the format of symbol or address Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the entry option of the linker Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes ENTry Specifies execution start address No Does not specify execution start address Execution start Specifies the execution start address address Specifies in the format of symbol name or address Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the entry option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes ENTry in the Specifies execution start addre
340. that sets the address value R9 base lt address value gt R9 Specifies R9 as the base register that sets the address value R10 base lt address value gt R10 Specifies R10 as the base register that sets the address value R11 base lt address value gt R11 Specifies R11 as the base register that sets the address value R12 base lt address value gt R12 Specifies R12 as the base register that sets the address value R13 base lt address value gt R13 Specifies R13 as the base register that sets the address value Avoids a problem spe cific to the CPU type Selects avoid a problem specific to the CPU type This corresponds to the patch option of the compiler and library generator patch option of the assembler Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction No The code generated in response to the call by the intrinsic function set_ipl will contain the MVTIPL instruction Yes for RX610 Group patch rx610 Does not use the MVTIPL instruction in the generated code Saves and restores ACC using the inter rupt function R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to save and restore Accumulator ACC using the interrupt function The generated saved and restored code is the same code generated when acc is selected in pragma interrupt This corresponds to the save_acc option of the compiler
341. the configuration can be changed R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 105 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Outputs the copyright Selects whether to output the copyright This corresponds to the nologo option of the compiler Default No nologo How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes logo Outputs the copyright No nologo Disables output of the copyright Outputs the cross ref erence information Selects whether to output cross reference information It is necessary to change the setting of the property of Program Analyzer to change this option Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Xcref Outputs the cross reference information No Does not output of the cross reference information Commands executed before compile pro cessing Specifies the command to be executed before compile processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name CompiledFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under compiling nputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the file to be compiled MainProjectDir Replaces with th
342. the configuration can be changed Language of the C Selects language of the C source file source file This corresponds to the lang option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction C C839 lang c Compiles as a C C89 source file C99 lang c99 Compiles as a C C99 source file Additional include Specifies the name of the path to the folder that stores the include file paths The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the include option of the compiler The specified include path is displayed as the subproperty Default Additional include paths number of defined items How to Edit b
343. the drop down list change Restriction Yes Level 1 Perform Performs inter module optimization for ip_optimize each file No Does not perform inter module optimiza tion Converts floating point Selects whether to convert floating point constant division into multiplication of the constant division into corresponding reciprocals as constants multiplication This corresponds to the approxdiv option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes approxdiv Converts floating point constant division into multiplication No Does not convert floating point constant division into multiplication Allocates preferen Selects whether to allocate preferentially the variables with register storage class tially the variables with specification to registers register storage class This corresponds to the enable_register option of the compiler specification to regis This property is displayed only in the following cases ters When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object
344. the linkage list file property and Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Output category is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes SHow VEC TOR Outputs vector information to the linkage list file No ztENESAS Does not output vector information to the linkage list file Page 162 of 266 Others A WINDOW REFERENCE Other detailed information on library generators are displayed and the configuration can be changed Reduces the memory occupancy Selects whether to reduce the memory occupancy This corresponds to the memory option of the linker This property is not displayed when any one of the following items is selected User library file FOrm Library U or System library file FOrm Library S in the Output file type property in the Output category and Yes Hide in the Deletes local symbol name information property System library file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property in the Out put category Default No MEMory High How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes MEMory Low Reduces the memory occupancy No MEMory High Does not reduce the memory occupancy Changes the warning level messages to information level mes Selects whether to change the warning level messages to inform
345. the linker Default The specified section that outputs externally defined symbols to the file number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Section alignment R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the section name to be changed to 0x10 bytes alignment Specifies in the format of section name with one section name per line This corresponds to the aligned_section option of the linker Default Section alignment number of defined items How to change Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction ztENESAS Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Page 135 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE ROM to RAM mapped Reserves ROM and RAM areas in the initialized data area and relocates a defined section symbol in the ROM section with the specified address in the RAM section Specifies in the format of ROM section name RAM section name with one section name per line This corresponds to the rom option of the linker Default ROM to RAM mapped section number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog bo
346. the rules with the selected numbers Ignore specified rule number from rules that are classified as required misra20XX required _remove Checks the source code against the rules other than those with the selected numbers among the rules of the required type Apply rules that are described in the specified file misra20XX lt file name gt Checks the source code against the rules with the numbers written in the specified file Not apply rule ztENESAS Does not apply MISRA C rule Page 103 of 266 CS Rule number descrip tion file A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies Rule number description file misra20XX rule file This property is usable only in the Professional Edition The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the product install folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Apply rules that are described in the specified file misra20XX lt file name gt in the Apply rule property is selected Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Misra C Rule File dialog box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Rule number Specifies the rule number This proper
347. the text box Restriction 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 129 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE 4 Target range Specifies the target range Specifies in the format of start address end address Specifies an address in the hexadecimal notation example 400 ffff This corresponds to the crc option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When a choice other than No was made in the Outputs the calculation result of CRC property Default Target range number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Outputs the S9 record at the end List Selects whether to output the S9 record at the end This corresponds to the s9 option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package
348. them with comma example messages 4 200 Also the range can be set using hyphen example 4 200 203 1300 This corresponds to the nomessage option of the linker This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property and No NOMessage in the Enables information level message output property is selected Default Blank How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 152 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Changes the warning Selects whether to change the warning level messages to information level mes level messages to sages information level mes This corresponds to the change_message option of the linker sages This property is displayed only when No in the Use same message related settings as Link Options tab property is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes All Changes all warning level mes change_message informa sages to the information level mes tion sages Yes Specifies error number Changes the warning level mes change_message informa sages with the specified error num tion lt ErrorNumber gt bers to the information level messages No Does not change the warning
349. time library No Disables the ctype h C89 C99 Enables math h C89 C99 Selects whether to enable math h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head math Enables the math h C89 C99 and runtime library No Disables the math h C89 C99 Enables mathf h C89 C99 Selects whether to enable mathf h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head mathf Enables the mathf h C89 C99 and runtime library No Disables the mathf h C89 C99 Enables stdarg h C89 C99 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to enable stdarg h C89 C99 This corresponds to the head option of the library generator This property is displayed only when Custom head lt SubOption gt in the Configu ration library property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes head stdarg Enables the stdarg h C89 C99 and runt
350. ting type and unsigned integer type A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to omit a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type When Yes is specified code performance of the relevant type conversion process ing is improved The conversion result may however differ from C C language specifications so take care on this point This corresponds to the simple_float_conv option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes simple_float_conv Omits part of the type conversion pro cessing for the floating type No Does not omit part of the type conversion processing for the floating type Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Selects whether to perform optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Although the performance of object code is generally better than when alias noansi is specified the results of execution may differ according to whether alias ansi or alias noansi is specified This corresponds to the alias option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes alias ansi Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer No alias noansi Does not perform optimi
351. tion for inter module optimization Optimization type Selects optimization type This corresponds to the speed and size option of the compiler Default Optimizes with emphasis on code size size How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Optimizes with emphasis on execution perfor mance speed Optimizes with emphasis on execution performance Optimizes with emphasis on code size size Optimizes with emphasis on code size Loop expansion R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects whether to optimize the loop expansion for while and do while This corresponds to the loop option of the compiler Default Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Depends on the optimi zation level and optimi zation type options Depends on the optimization level and optimization type options Expansion loop lt numeric value gt ztENESAS Expands loop statements for while and do while Page 95 of 266 CS Expansion maximum number A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies expansion maximum number This corresponds to the suboption of loop option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Expansion loop lt numeric value gt in the Loop expansion property is selected Default 2 decimal number How to change
352. tion Ho Shows the total sizes of sections No uipule vector mbormnabon No To output the linkage list file select Yes List contents specify LISt in the Outputs the linkage list file property When outputting the linkage list file you can select the contents of the linkage list output by the linker a When outputting a symbol name list in a module Select Yes SHow SYmbol in the Outputs a symbol name list in a module property b When outputting the cross reference information Select Yes SHow Xreference in the Outputs the cross reference information property c When outputting the total sizes of sections Select Yes SHow Total_size in the Shows the total sizes of sections property Remark See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for the linkage list file 2 3 4 Output library information The library information i e information on the result of linkage is output to the library list file Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Librarian Options tab on the Property panel The setting to output a library list file is made with the List category Figure 2 18 Outputs the linkage list file Property Outputs the linkage list file Yee List contents speciyW LISt l Outputs a symbol name list in a module Ho Duiputs a section list in a module Ho To output the library list file select Yes List contents specify LISt in the Outputs the linkage list file property When outpu
353. tion Yes approxdiv Converts floating point constant division into multiplication No Does not convert floating point constant division into multiplication Allocates preferen Selects whether to allocate preferentially the variables with register storage class tially the variables with specification to registers register storage class This corresponds to the enable_register option of the compiler specification to regis This property is displayed only in the following cases ters When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Object module file output obj in the Output file type property in the Object category is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes enable_register Allocates preferentially the variables with register storage class specification to reg isters Does not allocate preferentially the vari ables with register storage class specifi cation to registers R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 237 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 6 R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Omits a check of the range for conversion between the floa
354. tions of the ccrx command This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default No None How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes Xstack_protector Detects the stack overflow Yes Alll Xstack_protector_all Detects the stack overflow for all functions No None ztENESAS Does not detect the stack overflow Page 92 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Value to be embed Specifies the value to be embedded for detecting the stack overflow ded for detecting stack This property is usable only in the Professional Edition overflow This corresponds to the Xstack_protector and Xstack_protector_all options of the ccrx command This property is displayed in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is 2 04 00 or higher or when 2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property When other than No None in the Detect stack overflow property is selected Default Blank
355. to omit a check of the range for conversion between the floating type and unsigned integer type This corresponds to the simple_float_conv option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes simple_float_conv Omits part of the type conversion pro cessing for the floating type No Does not omit part of the type conversion processing for the floating type Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer Selects whether to perform optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer This corresponds to the alias option of the library generator This property is displayed only when No in the Use same optimization related set tings as Compile Options tab property is selected Default No How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes alias ansi Performs optimization considering the type of the data indicated by the pointer No Does not perform optimization consider ing the type of the data indicated by the pointer Optimizes modifica tion of the operation order of a floating point expression Others Selects whether to optimize modification of the operation order of a floating point expression
356. ton to open the Section Address dialog box allowing you to add a new address R20UT3478Ev0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 32 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 54 Section Settings Dialog Box After Multiple RAM Sections Are Added 1 o OFFF Frs N 1 Eie weda Dirada rami ram 11 ram 2 na ba rama ram 13 i el k HE 00003000 000003100 OxOFFFAD000 CSVTBL e Oo OOo mz F aE F e858 id Pr I a EIE 56 ai ROM sections 4 i i Click the OK button The specified ROM sections and RAM sections overlaid sections will be displayed in the text boxes R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 33 of 266 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 55 Section start address Property After Setting Sections b ROH to ROM mapped section ROH ip RAM mapped eecton 12 3 Run a build of the project Run a build of the project A load module file to use the overlaid section selection function is generated R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 34 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 7 Set Hex Output Options To set options for the hex output phase select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Hex Output Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various hex output options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Caution 1 This tab is not displayed for the
357. tput hex file Specifies whether hex file is output Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Outputs a hex file No Does not output a hex file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 143 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output folder Specifies path of the output folder The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct If this is blank it is assumed that the project folder has been specified This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property is selected Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Output file name Specifies the output file name The default extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replace
358. triction Up to 32767 characters Section name of initial ized data area Specifies the section name of initialized data area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of unini tialized data area Specifies the section name of uninitialized data area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters Section name of literal area Specifies the section name of literal area This correspon ds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Directly enter in the text box Restriction Up to 32767 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 226 of 266 Section name of switch statement branch table area A WINDOW REFERENCE Specifies the section name of switch statement branch table area This corresponds to the section option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 32767 characters Allocates uninitialized variables to 4 byte boundary alignment se
359. tting the library list file you can select the contents of the library list output by the linker 1 When outputting a symbol name list in a module Select Yes SHow SYmbol in the Outputs a symbol name list in a module property 2 When outputting a section list in a module Select Yes SHow SEction in the Outputs a section list in a module property Remark See CC RX Compiler User s Manual for the library list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 16 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS 2 4 Set Compile Options To set options for the compile phase select the Build tool node on the project tree and select the Compile Options tab on the Property panel You can set the various compile options by setting the necessary properties in this tab Figure 2 19 Property Panel Compile Options Tab i S lt n piah TETEP F AL OC RE Propet a e Spi EAE CCE larg et Language of the C source file Denig Do Adgitions include pots Addtional ingude patai bo Saen pchade patha Zaaien neluide paihaji Do inchada files at the bead of compiling ants Irecluche Ales at the heed of commode urds l Biagi hiret cee Maci ceeinition TT lnvdlidabes the prededined macro Ensbles infoeration level message mpat Holtomemsgal Suspnases the rumie of rionale es Changes the veerningdess messages bo intonador lee messages Ho Chanjar the inte mation lecel mirtages jo wiring evi mapragat Ne
360. ty in the Output File category To output a hex file select Yes to not output a hex file select No Figure 2 57 Output hex file Property JUtput pole E gai r Output file name Project Nene rat gt Division output file Division output file 0 When outputting a hex file you can set the output folder and output file name a Set the output folder Setting the output folder is made with the Output folder property by directly entering to the text box or by the button Up to 247 characters can be specified in the text box This property supports the following placeholder ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 2tENESAS Page 35 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this product ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder BuildModeName is set by default b Set the output file name Setting the output file is ma
361. ty is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Apply specified rule number misra20XX apply in the Apply rule property is selected Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Exclusion rule number Specifies the exclusion rule number This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Ignore specified rule number misra20XX ignore in the Apply rule property is selected Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Check rule number besides required rule R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Specifies the check rule number besides required rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is d
362. uild mode name MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder The reference point of the path is the project folder This corresponds to the preinclude option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can enter directly in the text box Restriction Up to 259 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Macro definition Specifies the macro name to be defined Specify in the format of macro name string with one macro name per line The string part can be omitted and in this case the macro name is assumed to be defined This corresponds to the define option of the compiler The specified macro is displayed as the subproperty Default Configuration of the compile option How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Rest
363. uild modes at this property once Be careful since the value set may not be an appropriate value for other build modes Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Reflects the value newly set to all build modes when a value is set in this property Does not reflect the value newly set to all build modes when a value is set in this property 2 CPU The detailed information on the CPU is displayed and the configuration can be changed Instruction set archi Selects the instruction set architecture tecture This corresponds to the isa option of the compiler and library generator isa option of the assembler This property is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category is selected and the latest version is V2 01 00 or higher or when V2 01 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default The default value is set by selected device on creating project How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction RXv1 architecture Generates an instruction code for the isa rxv1 RXv1 architecture RXv2 architecture Generates an instruction code for the isa rxv2 RXv2 architecture None It allows the Microcontroller type setting Microcontroller type Selects the microcontroller type This corresponds to the cpu option of
364. umbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Ignore specified rule number misra20XX ignore in the Apply rule property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Check rule number besides required rule Specifies the check rule number besides required rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler This property is displayed only when Apply rules that are classified as required and specified rule number misra20XX required_add in the Apply rule property is selected Default Configuration of the compile option How to Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Specify Rule Number dia change log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Exclusion rule number from required rule Specifies the exclusion rule number from required rule This property is usable only in the Professional Edition One or more rule numbers always in decimal must be specified This option corresponds to the misra20XX option of the compiler Thi
365. uted Specifies the command to be executed before librarian processing before librarian pro Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat cessing The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LibrarianFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under librarian processing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder MainProjectName Replaces with the main project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct OutputDir Replaces with the absolute path of the output folder OutputFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file Program Replaces with the file name of the running program ProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the project folder ProjectName Replaces with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before librarian processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed
366. utput Options tab Frequently Used Options for Librarian category Librarian Options tab R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 53 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Figure A 2 ne AL CEF Propety 2 Build Mode Property Panel Common options Tab Change property valua for all boid rodea at once CPU krucho se aechiiecture Lge Bunin poet operation instructions Erf type dor dete Rewring mehod for bosing part constant cpersions Handlisg of denstrtal bed meters in Doain part cons lana Precemat af the dowble type and bag dohe tne Replaces she int type wath che short type Sagn of the cher trpe Sign pf tha bet faald Hypa Select the bratara on hypi eke auaritia ly Order of bet eld ieee Assumes fhe boundary alignment vaus for scructene members is 1 Eraties C estore herding foncion iry caich and Anpas Erablas he C axemeptonal handing Ferson idrar emr and Spec Dara Puid Ha Fate anchitectune ta 1 estou Litheseradieny damaris ith maj to rarest ound cared Harel m Bente Sheecerraadine aol Handiss in age pecan hl e M Handles stunned chjur ohy Hancisr son armgredissruspresd betel Na Aana bon righ ibd _oederedani hao punp sck Mopneneception Mopti Genera igara weed cady m fant riea Forcier Brasch width site Bae regie tor FM Base register tor RAN Adres vale of bpas register fost mets She accregs value Faginler of Easa reginter Hil sai
367. v 1 00 ztENESAS Page 158 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output file type Displays the output file type This corresponds to the form option of the linker Default User library file FOrm Library U How to Changes not allowed change Restriction User library file Outputs a user library file FOrm Library U This item is not available when Yes Notify unused symbol Message MSg_unused in the Enables infor mation level message output prop erty is selected System library file Outputs a system library file FOrm Library S This item is not available when Yes Notify unused symbol Message MSg_unused in the Enables infor mation level message output prop erty is selected Relocatable module file Outputs a relocatable module file FOrm Relocate Outputs debugging Specifies whether debugging information is output information This corresponds to the nodebug and debug options of the linker This property is displayed only when Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate in the Output file type property is selected Default Yes Outputs to the output file DEBug How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Outputs to the output file Outputs a debugging information to DEBug the output file No NODEBug Does not output a debugging infor mation Path of the output Specifies path of the output folder fold
368. v option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Depends on the optimi Depends on the optimization type option zation type option Instruction sequence using multiplication const_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using multiplica tion Instruction sequence using division noconst_div Performs constant division residue by an instruction sequence using division Expansion method of the library function R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects expansion method of the library function This corresponds to the library option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Calls library functions Calls all library functions library function Performs instruction expansion of several library functions library intrinsic ztENESAS Performs instruction expansion for abs fabsf and library functions which can use string manipulation instructions Page 235 of 266 CS Divides the optimizing ranges into many sec tions before compila tion A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects whether to divide the optimizing ranges of the large size function into many sections before compilation This corresponds to the scope and noscope option of the compiler
369. version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format prop erty is specified Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes S9 Outputs the S9 record at the end No Does not output the S9 record at the end The detailed information on the list are displayed and the configuration can be changed Outputs the linkage list file Selects whether to output the linkage list file This corresponds to the list and show option of the linker Default Yes List contents specify LISt How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes List contents not Outputs the default information associated specify LISt SHow with a output file type to a linkage list file Yes List con Outputs all information associated with a tents ALL LISt output file type to a linkage list file SHow ALL Yes List con Outputs the specified information to a link tents specify LISt age list file No Does not output a linkage list file R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 130 of 266 CS R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Outputs a symbol name list in a module A WINDO
370. wer is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Yes Specification value SPace lt numerical value gt in the Fills the unused areas in the output ranges with the value property is specified Default FF hexadecimal number How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction 0 to FFFFFFFF hexadecimal number Specifies byte count for Selects whether to specify the maximum byte count for a data record data record This corresponds to the byte_count option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or lower or when V2 00 00 or lower is selected in the Using compiler package version property When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Load module file convert format property is selected Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes BYte_count Specifies the maximum byte count for a data No Does not specify the byte count for a data Maximum byte count Specifies the maximum byte count for a data record for a data record This corresponds to the byte_count option of the linker This property is displayed only in the following cases When Always latest version which was installed
371. when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified Other additional options Inputs the assemble options to be added additionally The options set here are added at the end of the assemble options group Default Blank How to change Directly enter to the text box or edit by the Character String Input dia log box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 259 characters Command line R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 The specified option is displayed Default Command line number of defined items How to change ztENESAS Changes not allowed Page 115 of 266 CS Link Options tab A WINDOW REFERENCE R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 This tab shows the detailed information on the link phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed Convert Load Module File List Optimization Section Verify Others Caution This tab is not displayed for the library project Figure A 5 Property Panel Link Options Tab lt iap b Using libraries sien bbranes D baput bnan data Ha Symbol definition Spectias ameceion Hail pices beitiahes the prelinicer Oubput Duigui Kla bgi Dutputs debuggeng infomation Fat the output ider Ourtpart
372. with the project name TempDir Replaces with the absolute path of the temporary folder WinDir Replaces with the absolute path of the Windows system folder When python is described in the first line the contents from the second line to the last line are regarded as the script of the Python console and then executed before link processing The placeholders can be described in the script The specified command is displayed as the subproperty Default Commands executed before link processing number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 1023 characters Up to 64 items can be specified R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 140 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Commands executed after link processing Specifies the command to be executed after link processing Use the call instruction to specify a batch file example call a bat The following placeholders are supported ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name LinkedFile Replaces with the absolute path of the output file under link process ing MainProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the main project folder
373. ws the detailed information on the library generate phase categorized by the following and the configuration can be changed 1 Mode 2 Standard Library 3 Object 4 Optimization 5 Others Caution This tab is not displayed for the library project Property Panel Library Generate Options Tab Figure A 8 Stender library Library coehgeiabon Conhgeration livery Eraiies inane birmy Erathlas chipe bi Coben oe Erades math b P51 Erodes mathi hi CSAC 4 Enrabia g ACIC Enables siant Eraiies sigh h Cosec ea Ergbiss sinag bo BUCH Erovbles ing lEC Era las raraiECs s Enables corpi ET a Erablies sinag EC Path of tha patpat toler Outs Ele rama Cematet a funcional caidos viria of O fonction Creabes thes reenter ber Lae same object related setings 25 Concede Ophons ih Section name of program are Sesion pane cf ponien man Secson nasa cl iritaliced dais arma Sesion mice of uti ited daw area Section nana of lian area Serion rane of switch siaiement branch table sree Geseration motel the standard kary Selects the getevatan mode cf the iladi Ebraiy Remark Description of each category 1 Mode apdeciption Agpershle Optus gt ri Gipi ri i This figure is the image when the version of the compiler package is V2 00 00 or lower Daki a brary Fle footie chee CCS Eng Caen eed e Spin eathend tunmere Na ha Ha Ma larmon DEE E Aen Orp Opticon
374. x file property is selected Default BuildModeName How to Directly enter in the text box or edit by the Browse For Folder dialog change box which appears when clicking the button Restriction Up to 247 characters Output file name Specifies the output file name The default extensions depends on Load module file convert format property when extension omitted The default extensions are as follows Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal hex S record file FOrm Stype mot Binary data file FOrm Binary bin The following placeholders are supported BuildModeName Replaces with the build mode name ProjectName Replaces with the project name MicomToolPath Replaces with the absolute path of the install folder of this prod uct This corresponds to the output option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes in the Output hex file property is selected Default When Hex file FOrm Hexadecimal in the Load module file con vert format property is selected ProjectName hex When S record file FOrm Stype in the Load module file convert format property is selected ProjectName mot When Binary data file FOrm Binary in the Load module file convert format property is selected ProjectName bin How to Directly enter in the text box change Restriction Up to 259 characters R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 74 of 266 Aug 01
375. x which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 1024 items can be specified 7 Verity The detailed information on the verify is displayed and the configuration can be changed Checks the section Selects whether to check the section larger than the specified range of addresses larger than the speci This corresponds to the cpu option of the linker fied range of addresses Default No How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes CPu Checks CPU information No Does not check CPU information Address range of the Specifies the address range of the memory type memory type Specifies in the format of memory type start address end address with one mem ory type per line Specifies ROm RAm or FIX for memory type Specifies an address in hexadecimal notation This corresponds to the cpu option of the linker This property is displayed only when Yes CPu in the Checks the section larger than the specified range of addresses property is selected Default Address range to disable optimization number of defined items How to Edit by the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be
376. y file is generated When System library file FOrm Library S is selected A system library file is generated When Relocatable module file FOrm Relocate is selected A relocatable module file is generated If the extension of output files is changed the following message dialog box will open R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 11 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS 2 FUNCTIONS Figure 2 6 Message Dialog Box De you change a fle edain Clicking Yes in the dialog box replaces the current file extension with the one for the output file type Clicking No on the other hand does not replace the current file extension 2 3 1 Change the output file name The names of the load module file hex file S record file binary data file relocatable module file and library file output by the build tool are set to the following names by default Load module file name ProjectName abs Hex file name ProjectName hex S record file name ProjectName mot Binary data file name ProjectName bin Relocatable module file name ProjectName rel Library file name ProjectName ib Remark ProjectName is a placeholder It is replaced with the project name The method to change these file names is shown below 1 When changing the load module file name Select the build tool node on the project tree and select the Link Options tab on the Property panel Enter the file name to be changed to on the Output file name
377. y for fast interrupts R12 R13 fint_register 2 R13 and R12 are used only for fast inter rupts R11 to R13 fint_register 3 R13 to R11 are used only for fast inter rupts R10 to R13 fint_register 4 R13 to R10 are used only for fast inter rupts Branch width size R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 Aug 01 2015 Selects branch width size This corresponds to the branch option of the compiler and library generator Default Compiles within 24 bits branch 24 How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Compiles within 16 bits branch 16 Compiles the program with a branch width within 16 bits Compiles within 24 bits branch 24 Compiles the program with a branch width within 24 bits No specified branch 32 ztENESAS Does not specify the branch width Page 59 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Base register for ROM Specifies the general register used as a fixed base address throughout the program When base rom register A is specified accesses to const variables are all per formed relative to the specified register A Note that the total size of the constant area section must be within 64 Kbytes to 256 Kbytes This corresponds to the base option of the compiler and library generator base option of the assembler This property is displayed only when No in the Enables the PID function property in the PIC
378. y the Path Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the change button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction Up to 247 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Use whole include Selects whether to compile using the include path specified in the Additional include paths specified for paths property in the Source category from the Compile Options tab of the build build tool tool to be used The include paths are added by the following procedure Paths specified in the Additional include paths property from this tab Paths specified in the Additional include paths in the Source category from the Compile Options tab This corresponds to the include option of the compiler Default Yes How to Select from the drop down list change Restriction Yes Compiles using the include path specified in the property of the build tool to be used Does not use the include path specified in the prop erty of the build tool to be used R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1 00 ztENESAS Page 192 of 266 Aug 01 2015 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Include files at the Specifies include files at the head of compiling units head of compiling The following placeholders are supported units ActiveProjectDir Replaces with the absolute path of the active project folder ActiveProjectName Replaces with the active project name BuildModeName Replaces with the b
379. y the Text Edit dialog box which appears when clicking the button For the subproperty you can use the text box directly enter the text Restriction ztENESAS Up to 32767 characters Up to 65536 items can be specified Page 243 of 266 CS Character code of an input program 2 Object A WINDOW REFERENCE Selects character code of an input program This corresponds to the euc sjis latin1 big5 and gb2312 option of the assem bler Traditional Chinese character big5 and Simplified Chinese character gb2312 are displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property in the Version Select category from the Common Options tab is selected and the latest version is V2 00 00 or higher or when V2 00 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property UTF 8 code utf8 is displayed when Always latest version which was installed in the Using compiler package version property is selected and the latest version is V2 04 00 or higher or when V2 04 00 or higher is selected in the Using compiler package version property Default Configuration of the assemble option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction EUC code euc Handles the characters in strings character con stants and comments by using EUC SJIS code sjis Handles the characters in strings characte
380. y the military including but not limited to the development of weapons of mass destruction When exporting the Renesas Electronics products or technology described in this document you should comply with the applicable export control laws and regulations and follow the procedures required by such laws and regulations It is the responsibility of the buyer or distributor of Renesas Electronics products who distributes disposes of or otherwise places the product with a third party to notify such third party in advance of the contents and conditions set forth in this document Renesas Electronics assumes no responsibility for any losses incurred by you or third parties as a result of unauthorized use of Renesas Electronics products This document may not be reproduced or duplicated in any form in whole or in part without prior written consent of Renesas Electronics Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office if you have any questions regarding the information contained in this document or Renesas Electronics products or if you have any other inquiries Note 1 Renesas Electronics as used in this document means Renesas Electronics Corporation and also includes its majority owned subsidiaries Note 2 Renesas Electronics product s means any product developed or manufactured by or for Renesas Electronics 2012 4 How to Use This Manual This manual describes the role of the CS integrated development environmen
381. zation consider ing the type of the data indicated by the pointer Optimizes modifica tion of the operation order of a floating point expression Output File Selects whether to optimize modification of the operation order of a floating point expression Specifying the float_order option generally improves the object performance com pared to when not specifying it However the accuracy of operations may differ from that when float_order is not specified This corresponds to the float_order option of the compiler This property is valid only when 2 optimize 2 or Max optimize max in the Optimization level property is specified Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes float_order Optimizes modification of the operation order in a floating point expression No Does not optimize modification of the operation order in a floating point expres sion The detailed information on the output file check is displayed and the configuration can be changed Output assembly source file Select whether to output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source This corresponds to the output src option of the compiler Aug 01 2015 ztENESAS Page 238 of 266 CS A WINDOW REFERENCE Output assembly Selects whether to output the assembly source file of the compile result for the C source fil
382. ze the program 1 optimize 1 Partially optimizes the program by auto matically allocating variables to registers integrating the function exit blocks inte grating multiple instructions which can be integrated etc 2 optimize 2 Performs overall optimization Max optimize max Performs optimization as much as possi ble Outputs additional information for inter module optimization Selects whether to output additional information for inter module optimization At linkage inter module optimization is applied to files for which this option has been specified This corresponds to the goptimize option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Yes goptimize Outputs additional information for inter module optimization No Does not outputs additional information for inter module optimization Optimization type Selects optimization type This corresponds to the speed and size option of the compiler Default Configuration of the compile option How to change Select from the drop down list Restriction Optimizes with emphasis on execution perfor mance speed Optimizes with emphasis on execution performance Optimizes with emphasis on code size size Optimizes with emphasis on code size Loop expansion R20UT3478EJ0100 Rev 1

CS+ Integrated Development Environment User`s Manual: CC

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents